Nortel Command Line

Passport 4400
CLI Reference
For the Command Line Interface
Part Number 800-1950-31 Rev. A
February 1999
Notice of Filing
Declaration of CE Conformance (for International sales)
A Declaration of CE Conformance is on file at the Nortel addresses shown below. The declaration lists the
models described in this manual. If the unit carries the CE mark, this declaration certifies that it meets the
specific EMC standards and safety (LVD) standards required for CE marking. If the product is a module, the
module is CE-compliant only if it is placed in a CE-marked base unit.
Nortel Telcom
4100 Guardian Street
Simi Valley, California 93063-3382
U.S.A.
(805) 583-8600
Any units not carrying the CE approval are not CE-compliant. Modules placed in these units may not meet
emission standards for CE compliance.
Notice
Specifications, tolerances, and design characteristics described in this manual are subject to change without
notice.
Trademark Notice
All names or trademarks are the true property of their respective owners.
©1999 Nortel (Northern Telecom Company)

All rights reserved
Contents
Introduction — 1
What is the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
What Should you Know Before Using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Time-outs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
CLI priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
IP address prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Logging into and out of the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Navigating the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Automated Prompting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Using the CLI for Remote Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Components of the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Command Verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Configuration Verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Utility verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Debug Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Value Prompts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Interpreting CLI Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Command Successful Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Unsuccessful Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Command Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Invalid Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Invalid Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Invalid Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Client Timed Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Client Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Trap Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Table Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
NVM Parallel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
SNMP Group Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Add Commands — 2
add arp entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
add bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
add bridge base port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
add bridge etypeFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
iii
add bridge sapFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
add filters ip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
add filters ip forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
add filters ip rip (gateway/incoming/outgoing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
add fr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
add fr line user mpanlLMI service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
add fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
add fr port pvcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
add fr port spvcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
add fr switch map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
add fr tunnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
add gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
add gcm backuplink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
add gcm link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8
add gcm timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
add ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
add ip address entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
add ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
add ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
add ipx circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
add ipx staticRoute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
add isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
add isdn directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
add isdn peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
add nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
add nac cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
add nac server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
add rsi server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
add system trapsubscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Define Commands — 3
define bridge global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
define fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
define fr line network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
define fr line network pvcSignalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
define fr line network rfc1604Service VCSignalProtocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
define fr line user baseDLCMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
define fr line user basePVCLMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
define fr line user baseSVCLMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
define fr line user dlcmiPVC lmitype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
define fr line user mpanlLMI netlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
define fr line user mpanlLMI service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
iv
define fr line user pvcLMI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
define fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
define fr port spvcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
define fr port spvcLANData svc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
define fr port svcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
define fr port virtualPort mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
define fr switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
define fr switch map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
define fr switch pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
define fr switch svc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
define fr system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
define fr tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
define gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
define gcm backupLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
define gcm timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
define gcm unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
define ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
define ip base parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
define Ip base rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
define ipx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
define isdn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
define isdn dialControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
define isdn physicalIf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
define msm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
define msm dteLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
define msm profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
define nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
define rsi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
define rsi parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
define rsi server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
define tm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
define wan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Delete Commands — 4
delete arp entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
delete bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
delete filters ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
delete fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
delete fr line user mpanl service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
delete fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
delete fr switch map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
delete gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
v
delete ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
delete ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
delete isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
delete nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
delete rsi server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
delete system trapSubscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Set Commands — 5
set bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
set bridge base port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
set bridge macFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
set bridge misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
set bridge spanningTree parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
set bridge spanningTree port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
set csu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
set csu 56k. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
set gcm unit command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
set ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
set ip parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
set ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
set ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
set ipx circuit staticStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
set nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
set nac parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
set nac server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
set nas basic agingTime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
set port adminStatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
set rsi parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
set snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
set snmp authenTraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
set system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
set system administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
set system communityString . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
set system consolePort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
set system firmware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
set system rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
set system timeOfDay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
set system traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
set tftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
set t1e1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
set t1e1 ds0Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
set t1e1 lineParameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
vi
set t1e1 portParameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
set t1e1 profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
set t1e1 systemClock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
set t1e1 systemTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
set t1e1 testChannel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
set t1e1 testLine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
set t1e1 testPort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
set voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
set voice channelActions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
set voice egressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
set voice ingressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
set voice parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
set voice profileID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
set voice switchingProfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
set voice systemActions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Utility Verbs — 6
confirm rollback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
logout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
save configuration update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
upload base config default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
upload base config specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Show Commands — 7
Using Show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
show arp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
show bridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
show bridge base port configured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
show bridge base port operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
show bridge basic port entry/table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
show bridge etypeFilter configured/operational entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
show bridge forward entry/table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
show bridge global. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
show bridge macFilter configured/operational entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
show bridge misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
show bridge parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
vii
show bridge sapFilter configured/operational entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
show bridge spanningTree parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
show bridge spanningtree port entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
show bridge transparent parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
show bridge transparent port entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
show csu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
show csu 56K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
show csu e1t1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
show csu e1status (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
show csu t1status (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
show ethernet statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
show filters ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
show filters ip fwd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
show filters ip ospf (configured/operational) table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
show filters ip rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
show fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
show fr errorUser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
show fr line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
show fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
show fr switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
show fr system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
show fr tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
show fr voice svc circuit (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
show gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
show gcm backupLink (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
show gcm global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
show gcm hwStatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
show gcm link (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
show gcm timer (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
show gcm unit (configured/operational) (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
show icmp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
show ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
show ip address (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
show ip base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
show ip invarp (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
show ip parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
show ip route (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
show ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
show ipx circuit (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
show ipx remoteServices (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
show ipx rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
show ipx route (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
show ipx sap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
show ipx services (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
viii
show ipx staticRoute (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
show ipx system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
show isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
show isdn dialControl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
show isdn physicalIf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92
show msm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
show msm dceLinkStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
show msm dnaStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
show msm dteLink (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99
show msm profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101
show msm statistics (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101
show nac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
show nac cache (configured/operational) (table/entry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
show nac parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103
show nac server (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103
show nas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
show nas basic (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
show nas mpa (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
show nas statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
show nas system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106
show port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
show port ifNumber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
show port parameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
show rsi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109
show rsi cache (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109
show rsi definedParameters (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110
show rsi server (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110
show rsi setParameters (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110
show rsi statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-111
show snmp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112
show system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115
show system admininistration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115
show system card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-116
show system chassisStatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117
show system commitTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118
show system communityString . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118
show system configUpdate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119
show system consolePort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119
show system firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119
show system hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-120
show system IfIndex (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-121
show system image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124
show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124
show system physicalCard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126
ix
show system privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126
show system RestartReason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126
show system rollback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127
show system statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127
show system system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127
show system timeOfDay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-128
show tcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130
show tcp connection (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130
show tcp parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-131
show tftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132
show tftp error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-133
show tftp parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-134
show tftp state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-134
show tm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135
show tm global. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135
show tm parameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135
show tm statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-136
show tm status (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-138
show traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-139
show t1e1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-139
show t1e1 ds0Connect (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-139
show t1e1 lineParameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-140
show t1e1 lineStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-140
show t1e1 portParameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141
show t1e1 portStatus (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141
show t1e1 profile (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-142
show t1e1 statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143
show t1e1 systemClock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143
show t1e1 systemStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143
show t1e1 testResult . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143
show udp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-144
show udp listen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-144
show udp statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-144
show voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145
show voice channelStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145
show voice egressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-147
show voice ingressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-148
show voice parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-148
show voice profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-149
show voice statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-151
show voice switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-154
show wan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-156
show wan parameters port (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-156
show wan statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-158
x
CLI Value Prompts — A
string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
timeticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Value Prompts Abbreviations — B
Index
xi
xii
Introduction 1
This chapter describes briefly the command line interface (CLI), its functions, and what you
need to know before using the interface. These topics are organized into the following sections:
• What is the Command Line Interface?
• What you need to know before using the CLI
What is the Command Line Interface

The Command Line Interface (CLI) is a real-time, terminal-based system used to update the
manageable objects of the Passport 4400. It has two functions—it acts as the interface to the
SNMP client and as the interface to the user. The user interface is accomplished through a
Telnet connection over the LAN port or through an asynchronous interface connection. A set
of text commands allows the user to access all applicable command objects.
Each Passport 4400 is configured separately using the Passport 4400 Command Line Interface.
The CLI is used locally to configure, provision and monitor Passport 4400 units. With a telnet
connection and the proper security authorization, you can use the CLI to access any of the
Passport 4400 units in your network. Once you have accessed a Passport 4400, you can examine
the network system, configure system components and modules, and monitor or update
settings.
What Should you Know Before Using the CLI

Each Passport 4400 is shipped with the CLI software fully loaded. The CLI can be accessed
by attaching a terminal emulation device directly to the Passport 4400. To do this, attach an
RJ-45 “straight-through” cable to the COM port of the terminal and to the management port
of the Passport 4400. A standard terminal emulation software application must be used to
access the CLI. All Passport 4400 units deployed in your network can have local access to the
CLI before any of the Passport 4400 network topologies can be established.
A workstation connected to the same LAN segment as Passport 4400 can use the Telnet utility
to access the Passport 4400’s CLI, provided the Passport 4400 already has an IP address
configured
Note: Set a PC COM port to 9600 bit/s, 8 bits, 1 stop bit, no parity.
For information on installing, connecting, and powering-up Passport 4400, see the Passport
4400 Hardware Manual.
1-1
Passport 4400 CLI Reference Introduction
Time-outs
The CLI can support only one external user connection at a time; therefore, time-outs must
be initiated to avoid conflict on the system. There are two time-outs available that can be
configured. One is for the connection process which has a fairly short time-out sequence. The
other is for idle activity which is a period of time (15 seconds) when there is no user input
detected after connection to the interface. For either time-out, the connection will be terminated
so the command line interface will be accessible for future connections.
CLI priority
Passport 4400 will give LAN traffic priority over CLI requests. In situations where LAN traffic
is close to capacity, the CLI response may be delayed.
IP address prompt
The Passport 4400 needs an IP stack to disseminate CLI commands via TELNET. Therefore
it is required that the local IP address be set and that an IP stack be initiated prior to establishing
a TELNET session to the CLI.
Getting Started
After you’ve connected a PC or a terminal to the management port on the Passport 4400 base
unit, and the unit is powered up, use the following procedure to log into the CLI. For
information on connecting a PC or terminal, refer to the Passport 4400 Hardware Manual, part
number 800-1951-30.
Logging into and out of the CLI

1. Press the Enter key several times until you receive the following prompt:
login:
2. At the login prompt, enter the following command:
cli
Passport 4400 will then prompt you for a password.
1-2
Introduction Passport 4400 CLI Reference
Note: The default password for a Passport is 4400 is a carriage return.

(Type the Enter key.) However, your system administrator may
have implemented a password scheme using the set system
communityString command. Try typing the Enter key at the
password prompt. If this does not work, contact your system
administrator for a password.
3. At the password prompt, press the Enter key. If this does not work, enter the password
defined by your system administrator. Passport 4400 will respond with the following
message:
Welcome to the Passport 4400 Series Command Line Interface
Nortel/MICOM Communications Corporation
CLI>
Once you receive the CLI> prompt, you can begin to enter the commands used to configure
the Passport 4400 unit.
4. Exit the CLI utility by entering the following command:
logout
Navigating the CLI

The following information will help you to use the CLI efficiently:
• Type the Enter key to complete each command line entry.
• If you do not know the parameters to complete a command, type the Enter key, and
the CLI will respond with the next level of options for that command. If you type the
Enter key at the CLI> command line, Passport 4400 will respond with a list of all
command verbs.
• To display the last command you entered, type Ctrl-P.
• To exit the CLI without using the exit command, type Ctrl-D.
• Parameters displayed between angle brackets (the < > characters) indicate variables
that must be provided by the user.
• Display string values must be typed between double quotation ‘‘ ’’ characters.
• Some parameters allow you to set or display values individually or together in a group.
This is the case wherever the CLI displays “table” and “entry”. If you want to access
parameters as a group, use table. If you want to access parameters one-at-a-time, use
entry.
1-3
Automated Prompting
The automatic prompting feature allows the system to recognize partial commands. Instead
of typing the entire command, automated prompting allows you to type only as many characters
as is necessary to identify the desired command. You must enter enough characters to uniquely
define the command. For instance, Passport 4400 will not recognize the letters s, because the
command could be the command verb save, set, or show. When you enter the letters sh, Passport
4400 will recognize the command verb show and respond with the next level of options.
Using the CLI for Remote Configuration

The user can log into any SNMP agent on the network and configure routers and other devices
supporting the enterprise MIBs. This is accomplished through the use of community strings
as passwords. For more information on remote configuration and community strings, see the
Passport 4400 Operator’s Manual, 800-1952-30.
Components of the CLI

The CLI text commands are organized in a hierarchy. At the top of the hierarchy is a set of
command verbs. The command verbs are displayed on the screen when the Enter key is pressed
at the CLI> prompt.
The next level in the hierarchy below the command verbs consists of the services to which a
particular verb can be applied. Although the command verbs are at the top of the CLI hierarchy,
the CLI actually functions according to service.
To form a command line, type CLI arguments one after another, starting with a command verb,
then entering a service, and so on, until you reach the bottom of the command hierarchy. At
this point, the CLI responds with a value prompt. Depending upon the choices made, the
number of arguments required to build a command line will vary.
Command Verbs
Individual command verbs are identified in the following tables. These verbs are used in
combination with other command elements to define, modify and display system attributes.
Command verbs are descriptive of the operation they perform. Functionally, there are two
types of verbs—configuration verbs and utility verbs.
1-4
Configuration Verbs
CLI configuration verbs are used at the beginning of a command to configure the Passport
4400. These are the commands used to display Passport 4400 parameters and/or to change
them according to application and installation requirements. They are listed in the following
table.
Verb Definition
add Use add to place new entries into a table. Values programmed using the add command
will take effect once they have been saved and the system has been reset.
Exception: When provisioning bridge filters, the add command takes effect dynamically.
In this case, a <save configuration update> is required if the change is to be retained after
a reset.
define Use define to establish a new value for a configuration parameter. Values programmed us-
ing the define command will take effect once they have been saved and the system has
been reset.
delete Use delete to remove entries from a table. Values programmed using the delete command
will take effect once they have been saved and the system has been reset.
save The save configuration update command applies to CLI functions beginning with the com-
(configuration mand verbs set, add, define or delete. Save configuration update causes the parameter
update) values to be written into non-volatile memory for permanent storage.
set The set command is used to establish a new value for a configuration parameter. Values
programmed using the set command take effect immediately without having to reset the
unit. Values programmed or modified using set remain effective until the next system re-
set. For values to remain effective after a system reset, the save command must be used.
show The show command is used to display the values for operational and configured parame-
ters and counters. Configured refers to attributes that have been entered via the CLI but
are not necessarily in use by the device. Operational refers to attributes that are currently
in use by the device. Show is for display purposes only. It does not change or in any way
affect the current system settings.
1-5
Utility verbs
Verb Definition
confirm Use confirm to prevent Passport 4400 from resetting to the configuration data and/or code
(rollback) which was working before changes were made. Rollback is a service whose primary func-
tion is to prevent Passport 4400 from becoming unreachable from the rest of the network
because of new configuration or code, including delete functions. It can be enabled or dis-
abled, and is disabled by default. When rollback is enabled and a code or configuration
bank change occurs, rollback will cause Passport 4400 to enable the timer after a reboot.
Once the reboot occurs, the timer begins and the user must confirm the rollback with the
command <confirm rollback confirm>.
download Downloads software from a host device to Passport 4400. It is used to update existing
software.
logout Use logout to log out of, or exit, the CLI.
ping Use ping to poll any remote unit with an IP address. You can ping the network manage-
ment core router from any of the branches.
reset Reset allows start up with the currently configured parameters or with the factory defaults
upon reset. Reset has two applications.
When used with the counters argument, reset clears the counters maintained by Pass-
port 4400.
When used with the system argument, reset causes Passport 4400 to start over from a
predefined point. Reset system is used with additional arguments to reset specific Pass-
port 4400 services.
upload The upload command is used to transfer command data to a specified file location.
Debug Menu
The debug menu is accessed via the management port. Debug can be accessed while a unit
reset is being performed. The debug menu provides high level access to system software and
firmware functions. This menu is designed for diagnostic use only.
Services
Services occupy the second level of the CLI hierarchy (verbs are first). To display a list of CLI
services on the screen, type in one of the command verbs at the CLI> prompt and type the
Enter key. A list of CLI services available to the verb will appear on the screen in alphabetical
order.
Note: Not all command verbs apply to all services.
1-6
The following is a list of services as they appear in the CLI.

• arp- address resolution protocol
• bridge
• csu - channel service unit
• ethernet
• filters
• fr- frame relay
• gcm - global circuit manager
• icmp- internet control message protocol
• ip- internet protocol
• ipx - internetwork packet exchange
• isdn - integrated services digital network
• msm - mpanl signaling mechanism
• nac
• nas
• port
• rollback
• rsi - remote server interface
• snmp - simple network management protocol
• system
• tcp - transmission control protocol
• tftp - trivial file transfer protocol
• tm - traffic management
• traps
• t1e1
• udp - user datagram protocol
• voice
• wan
Value Prompts
When you reach the bottom of the hierarchy for a particular command and type the Enter key,
the CLI may prompt you for a value. The response will appear in two columns.
The value prompt appears in the first column on the screen within angle brackets, for example,
<ServerIPAddress>. This indicates that a value must be provided by the user to complete the
1-7
operation. In the second column, the CLI displays information about the value. The following
is an example of a value prompt from the CLI.
cli> download base image specific
<ServerIPAddress>:IPAddress
<RemoteFileName> :“String” (1..50)
In this example, the CLI is used to download a file to the Passport 4400. The CLI prompts for
two values. The first value needed is the IP address of the server containing the file to be
downloaded. This is indicated in the CLI value prompt as <ServerIPAddress>. The second
column of the same line tells the user that CLI is looking for an IP Address. The second value
needed to complete the operation is the name of the file to be downloaded. This is indicated
by the CLI value prompt <RemoteFileName>. The second column of the same line tells the
user that CLI is looking for a display string with a range of 1 to 50 characters.
Interpreting CLI Responses

When you reach the bottom level of the command hierarchy and have entered a value at the
prompt, the CLI responds with a message that answers the input. Responses are limited to 22
lines per page (or screen). The 23rd line holds a space character and the 24th line displays the
following message:
[Q to Quit or Carriage Return to Continue]
The three types of user responses are discussed.
• Command Successful Response
• Unsuccessful Responses
• Miscellaneous
Command Successful Response

A successful CLI response indicates that the command was successfully processed and the
SNMP client received no errors from the SNMP agent. The following is displayed.
Command Successful
1-8
Unsuccessful Responses
An unsuccessful CLI response indicates that the command entered cannot be processed or
understood by the system. CLI responses include invalid command, invalid parameter, and
invalid password.
Command Failed
When the command causes an error, the Command Failed message is displayed.
Invalid Command
Invalid command indicates that the command entered does not match a pattern that the CLI
can recognize. An example of an invalid command would be a typing error.
Invalid Parameter
Invalid parameter indicates that the command entered cannot be used by the CLI. Examples
include values that exceed the specified range or values that contain unknown characters.
Invalid Password
Invalid password indicates that the wrong password was used.
Note: CLI will not accept passwords or user names that contain the
space character (ASCII Hex 0X20).
Client Timed Out

If the agent does not response .
If the user entered the show table command and the error index is equal to zero, but the
requested table was empty, the following message is displayed.
No Information To Display
Client Failed
This message is displayed when the SNMP client received an error not equal to zero from the
SNMP agent. The command entered was not processed.
Trap Responses
A trap is a message sent by an SNMP agent to the network management system, console, or
terminal to indicate the occurrence of a significant event, such as a specifically defined
condition or a threshold that has been reached.
The three CLI responses related to MIB traps include the following.
New Trap Received
Unread Trap Messages Pending
No Traps Pending
1-9
Table Response
Functions beginning with the show verb display configuration values and counters. Many of
these values can be displayed individually or together in a table. This choice is available when
CLI responds to a show command by listing entry and table as follows:
CLI> show bridge base port config

entry
table
To choose the table option, type table at the end of the command line.
CLI> show bridge base port config table

IfIndex : 1
Type : ethernet
Status : enabled
Priority : 128
PathCost : 100
MACFilter : disabled
EtypeFilter : disabled
SapFilter : disabled
MACFilterType : inclusive
EtypeFilterType : inclusive
SapFilterType : inclusive
IfIndex : 2
Type : frameRelay
Status : enabled
Priority : 128
PathCost : 100
To show values individually, type entry at the end of the command line. CLI will prompt for
more information such as an index number.
CLI>show bridge base port config entry

<IfIndex> INTEGER (1..255)
Complete the command by entering the required information; in this case an IfIndex. When
the entire command is entered, CLI will display information for that single entry.
CLI> show bridge base port config entry 1

IfIndex : 1
Type : ethernet
Status : enabled
1-10
Priority : 128
PathCost : 100
Display
CLI displays data to the screen in two formats. Where displayed data can fit into a row of 80
spaces, CLI prints the data to the screen in the manner shown here:
CLI> show arp table

IfIndex PhyAddress NetAddress
1 00:40:C5:00:00:01 192.58.9.25
2 00:40:C5:00:00:02 192.58.9.26
Where displayed data will exceed a row width of 80 spaces, CLI prints the data to the screen
in manner shown here:
CLI> show system admin

ConfigVersion :"Passport_4400_Rel_3.0.0_Rev_AX 0.0.33 03/31/98 18:48:56"
ObjectID : “1.3.6.1.4.1.335.1.4”
UpTime : 00Years 006Days 21:28:2
NVM Parallel Display

If a display table contains a Non-Volatile Memory (NVM) object, two values will be displayed
with the object. The operational value indicates the current value used by the system. The
configured value indicates the programmed value that will take effect upon restart. NVM
display format prints a string of dashes (-) at the end of each table. Note the following example.
CLI> show msm profile

NodeID : 1 (operational)
: 1 (configured)
CustomerId : 0 (operational)
: 0 (configured)
DNAPrefix : "[x121]" (operational)
: "[x121]" (configured)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1-11
SNMP Group Format

If a display table is not associated with a specific index, the values are displayed in SNMP
group format. The CLI will calculate the width of the display. Depending upon the width,
SNMP group format may be displayed in either one or two columns. Note the following SNMP
group format with data displayed in two columns.
CLI> show snmp statistics

RxPackets : 0 TxPackets : 39
RxBadVersions : 0 RxBadCommunityNames : 0
RxBadCommunityValue : 0 RxASNParseErrors : 0
RxTooBigs : 0 RxNoSuchNames : 0
1-12
Add Commands 2
The add command is used to add network components and services to a table. After entering
values with the add command, a save command must be executed before the values take effect.
Also, a reset system current reset must be executed after the add command has been used with
the exception of the add ipx static route command and the add ip route command. The
following is a list of services available for use with add.
• arp
• bridge
• filters
• fr
• gcm
• ip
• ipx
• isdn
• nac
• rsi
• system
add arp entry

Adds an ARP table value. ARP is a mechanism for mapping network-layer addresses to data-
link-layer addresses. In most cases Passport 4400 will "learn" ARP values from the network
automatically so use of this command is normally not required.
<IfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)
<NetAddress> : IPAddress
<PhysAddress> : PhysAddress
IfIndex Indicates the port number.

NetAddress The IP address of the network
PhysAddress Physical address of the device. The value is
01:01:01:01:01.01.
2-1
Passport 4400 CLI Reference Add Commands
add bridge
add bridge base port

Use these parameters to customize a port setting for bridging. Indicate the port being set by
specifying the IfIndex number.
<Priority> : INTEGER (0..255)
<PathCost> : INTEGER (1..65535)
<Type> : ethernet | frameRelay
<Status> : enabled | disabled
IfIndex Identifies the port being provisioned.

Priority Value used to assign priority to the specified port. Priority is
based on packet size and interface type.
PathCost Value based on hop count. Path cost is used to compare
paths through the network environment. This value is used by
the routing protocols to determine the most favorable path to
a particular destination. This value is assigned by the system
administrator.
add bridge etypeFilter

Adds Etype filters to an index and defines their range. Etype filters use Etype codes in
transparent bridging and source-route bridging access lists for filtering frames
by protocol type. Etype filters can be entered either as a range of Etypes, or as a singular etype.
add bridge etypeFilter range

<FilterNumber> : INTEGER (1..32)
<UpperRange> : INTEGER (0..65535)
<LowerRange> : INTEGER (0..65535)
add bridge etypeFilter singular

<Etype> : INTEGER (0x0..0xFFFF)
2-2
Add Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference

FilterNumber Identification number assigned to each filter. Filter numbers
are specific to each IfIndex.
UpperRange Indicates the highest number in the etype filter range.
LowerRange Indicates the lowest number in the etype filter range.
Etype Identifies a specific etype filter by number.
add bridge etypeFilter range

<MACFilterAddr> : MACAddress
<MACFilterDirection> : source | destination
add bridge sapFilter

Adds SAP filters and defines their range. SAP filters allow the device to determine whether
or not to accept information about a service. SAP output filters are applied prior to the device
sending information out from a specific interface. SAP filters can be entered either as a range
of Etypes or as a singular Etype
add bridge sapFilter range

A range filter affects all Etypes within a given range (for example, from 1600 to 64000). A
singular filter only affects one specific etype (for example, etype 4000).
<UpperRange> : INTEGER (1536..65535)
<LowerRange> : INTEGER (1536..65535)
add bridge sapFilter singular

<Etype> : INTEGER (0x0..0xFFFF)
2-3

FilterNumber Identification number assigned to each filter. Filter numbers
are specific to each IfIndex.
UpperRange Indicates the highest number in the sap filter range.
LowerRange Indicates the lowest number in the sap filter range.
Etype Indicates a specific etype filter by number
add filters ip
Select either forward or RIP filtering depending on your selection criteria. Port filtering must
be specified as either incoming or outgoing. RIP filtering must be specified as gateway,
incoming, or outgoing.
add filters ip forward

Select either port filtering or system filtering depending on your selection criteria.
add filters ip forward port (incoming/outgoing)

Select incoming or outgoing. Provide the IP address for the filter mask and filter address.
Identify the protocol type and port id. Specify the filtering direction as source or destination
and specify the filtering action to forward or to discard. Forward seeks out information with
the specified masks and address, and then forwards the information to its destination, blocking
all other information. Discard blocks transmissions as specified in the filter masks and
addresses.
<FilterMask> : IPAddress
<FilterAddress> : IPAddress
<ProtocolType> : INTEGER (1..255)
<PortId> : INTEGER (1..65535)
<Direction> : source | destination
<Action> : forward | discard
add filters ip forward system

Provide the IP address for the filter mask and filter address. Identify the protocol type and port
id. Specify the filtering direction as source or destination and specify the filtering action to
forward or to discard. Forward seeks out information with the specified masks and address,
and then forwards the information to its destination, blocking all other information. Discard
blocks transmissions as specified in the filter masks and addresses.
2-4

<ProtocolType> : INTEGER (1..255)
<PortId> : INTEGER (1..65535)
<Direction> : source | destination
add filters ip rip (gateway/incoming/outgoing)

RIP filtering must be specified as gateway, incoming, or outgoing, depending on your selection
criteria.
add fr
add fr line user mpanlLMI service

Adds MPANL LMI service parameters into the proprietary frame relay service logical port
table.
<ServiceIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

noCUG | simpleCUG|
<CUGFacility> : CUGSelection
<CUGAccess> : noRight | outgoingAccess|
incomingAccess | outAndInAccess
<CUGICType> : national | international
<CUGIC> : "String" (1..5)
<DNASuffix> : "String" (0..3)
ServiceIndex Get this number from the frame relay service provider.
CUGAccess Determines the subscribed Closed User Group access rights.
Options are noRight (the default), outgoingAccess,
incomingAccess, and outAndinAccess.
CUGFacility Options are noCUG (the default), SimpleCUG, and CUGSelection.
CUGIC A quoted string of up to 5 digits, determined at subscription time.
2-5
CUGICType Determines the CUG interlock code type. Options are national (the
default) and international.
DNASuffix A user-specified quoted string of up to 3 digits that identifies the
MPANL service.
add fr port
Adds virtual circuits via frame relay to the specified port.
add fr port pvcLANData

Adds the corresponding virtual port on the frame relay interface. Specify the IfIndex number
and the NetLinkIfIndex. number. The IfIndex indicates the number for the frame relay port.
The NetLinkIfIndex indicates the DLCI which must be assigned within the specified range.
<NetLinkIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)
add fr port spvcLANData

Adds the corresponding switched permanent virtual port on the frame relay interface. Specify
the virtual port IfIndex, the DLCI identifier and the DNA of the SVC. The IfIndex indicates
the number for the frame relay port. One end of the SPVC must be set as master, the other end
must be set as slave.
<VirtualPortIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

<RemoteNetDLCI> : INTEGER (16..991)
<SVCDNA> : Frame Relay DNA (as a quoted string)(1..34)
<ConnectType> : slave | master
Note: This command will not take effect until the unit is reset.
add fr port svcLANData

Adds the corresponding SVC parameters on the frame relay interface. Specify the IfIndex
number and the DNA number. The IfIndex indicates the number for the frame relay port. The
DNA must be assigned within the specified range.

<DNA> : Frame Relay DNA (as a quoted string)(1..34)
add fr port virtualport

This command links the IfIndex of the frame relay virtual port to the frame relay physical
port. Specify the IfIndex for the virtual port and the physical point of attachment number.
<Number> : INTEGER (0..254)
2-6
add fr switch map

Adds parameters to define the frame relay switch map. The LocalNetIfIndex is the IfIndex of
the frame relay service. The local and remote NetDLCI numbers must be assigned within the
specified range. Add ConnectType as master for the site that will establish the connection and
as slave for the other site. SwitchType must be specified as either frame relay DCE , HDLC
transparent data service (HTDS), cbr, x25 or sna-sdlc. SwitchType depends on your selection
criteria. Both ends of the connection must have the same SwitchType.
<LocalNetIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

<LocalNetDLCI> : INTEGER (16..991)
<SwitchType> : frdce | htds
: cbr | x25 |
: sna-sdlc
Note: If you want to change an entry made using the add fr switch map
command, you must first delete the entry prior to adding a new
entry. Use the delete fr switch map command to delete the first
entry.
add fr tunnel
Adds values to the frame relay tunnel PVC table for this access device.
<TunnelIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)
<DLCInumber> : INTEGER (16..991)
<PhysicalCard> : limA | lim1|
: lim2 | lim3|
: lim4
<PhysicalPort> : INTEGER (1..8)
<Type> : dte-panl | dce-panl |
standard
TunnelIfIndex The IfIndex of the tunnel PVC.

DLCInumber The DLCI for this PVC tunnel.
PhysicalCard Identifies the logical interface module (LIM) of the WAN port. The
physical frame relay link.
Physical Port The channel number of this WAN port.
Type Select type as DTE or DCE PANL or standard.
2-7
Note: If you want to change an entry made using the add fr tunnel
command, you must first delete the entry prior to adding a new
entry. Use the delete fr tunnel command to delete the first entry.
add gcm
Adds link and timer entries to the global circuit manager configuration table. GCM administers
all logical links between the Passport 4400 and the Passport WAN. The GCM is provisioned
to establish which link type (ISDN or frame relay) and which physical port will provide the
primary and backup links.
add gcm backuplink

Adds a backup link by specifying the index values in the GCM table. For Index, enter a number
to identify the link. UnitIndex and LinkIndex are defined by the define gcm backupLink
command.
<Index> : INTEGER (1..255)
<UnitIndex> : INTEGER (1..3)
<LinkIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)
add gcm link

Adds primary link by specifying its index values in the GCM table. For Index, enter a number
to identify the link. Name is an optional quoted string that can be added to identify the link.
SignalingPCMIndex is a number identifying the signaling PCM. ProtocolPCMIndex is a
number identifying the physical port of the link.
<Name> : "String" (1..16)
<SignalingType> : isdn | unusedEverUp
<SignalingPCMIndex> : INTEGER (1..65535)
<ProtocolType> : reserved | frameRelay
<ProtocolPCMIndex> : INTEGER (1..65535)
SignalingType The type of the signaling channel, if a signaling protocol

is used. Possible values are unknown, unused or ISDN.
SignalingPCMIndex The index value that uniquely identifies an entry for the
PCM
ProtocolType Shows the type of protocol used. Possible values are
unknown and frame relay.
ProtocolPCMIndex The index value that identifies an entry for the PCM. In
the case of the FRCM, this entry represents an index for
the port.
2-8
add gcm timer

Adds timing parameters to the GCM table. For Index, enter a number to identify the link.
UnitIndex is defined by the define gcm backupLink command. Specify the hour and minute
for start of the timer.
<InactStartHour> : INTEGER (0..23)
<InactStartMin> : INTEGER (0..59)
2-9
add ip
add ip address entry

For each IfIndex, provide values for the IP address, the net mask and the broadcast address.
Note: This command will not take effect until the unit is reset.

<IPAddress> : IPAddress
<NetMask> : Sub-NetMask
(255.255.255.0,255.255.0.0,or
255.0.0.0)
<BcastAddress> : IPAddres
add ip route
Adds values required for IP routing. For each IfIndex, provide values for the destination
address, the hop count metric, the next hop IP address and the net mask IP address.
<DestAddress> : IPAddress
<Metric> : INTEGER (2..15)
<NextHop> : IPAddress
<NetMask> : IPAddress
Note: Do not execute a reset after this command.
add ipx
Adds ipx circuit and route values.
add ipx circuit

Adds an ipx circuit. The IfIndex is the number for the circuit port. The value for SysInstance
must be set to 1. The CircuitIndex is an identification number assigned to the circuit.
CircuitName is an optional name assigned to the circuit. NetNumber is the hexadecimal value
for the network.
<SysInstance> : INTEGER (1 only)
<CircuitIndex> : INTEGER (1..16)
<CircuitName> : "String" (0..48)
<DataLinkType> : raw | snap | type2 | type8022
2-10
<NetNumber> : NetNumber(0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)
raw No special protocol is used.

snap Subnetwork Access Protocol. Operates between a network entity
in the subnetwork and a network entity in the end system. The
SNAP entity in the end system makes use of the services of the
subnetwork and performs three key functions: data transfer, con-
nection management and QOS selection.
type 2 IEEE 802.2 (LLC) connection-oriented operation upgrade.
type 8022 IEEE 802.2 (LLC) connection-oriented operation.
add ipx staticRoute

Adds values required for ipx static routing on the specified circuit. The SysInstance must be
1. The CircuitIndex is assigned using the add ipx circuit command. Specify the tick count
metric and the hop count metric according to your selection criteria. NextHopNICAddress is
the physical address of the next hop network interface card.
<CircuitIndex> : INTEGER (1..16)
<NetNumber> : NetNumber(0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)
<Status> : off | on
<Ticks> : INTEGER (1..1000) ticks
<HopCount> : INTEGER (1..14)
<NextHopNICAddress> : PhysAddress
add isdn
add isdn directory

Adds an ISDN directory. The Index value identifies the entry. Number must be entered as a
quoted string. Signaling index is a number identifying the ISDN directory.
<Index> : INTEGER (1..2147483647)
<Number> : "String" (0..131)
<SignalingIndex> : INTEGER (1..2147483647)
<Status> : add | active
2-11
add isdn peer

Adds an additional ISDN backup link or modifies an existing ISDN backup link. For Id, find
the highest index number in the ISDN Peer Index Table by entering the show isdn physicalif
signalTable configured table command. Increment the highest index number by one (where
ISDN is on a dial-up line). For IfIndex, use the number in the IfIndex Table for ISDN-S or
ISDN-U depending on the physical interface type. Where a leased line is used, enter the
appropriate number for the B channel. For OriginateAddress and SubAddress, enter the new
destination telephone number and its subaddress.
Note: You cannot add an additional ISDN backup link when the existing
ISDN backup link is a leased line.
<Id> : INTEGER (1..2147483647)
<BChannel> : INTEGER (0..32)
<OriginateAddress> : "String" (0..131)
<SubAddress> : "String" (0..131)
<CurrentStatus> : add |active
add nac
add nac cache

Adds entries to the NAC cache table.
<EgressString> : "String" (1..40)
<DNA> : "String" (1..34)
<EntryStatus> : add | active
EgressString Associated with a voice channel, allows digits and wild

cards.
DNA DNA address of the unit to which this voice information
belongs.
add nac server

Specifies or identifies a NAC server from which this device can request address resolution .
<Name> : "String" (0..50)
<Status> : enabled | disabled
<HelloTime : INTEGER (30..180)
<Type> : primary | secondary
2-12
IPAddress Network address of the server.

Name A user supplied name for the server. Enter as a quoted
string between quotation (" ") characters.
HelloTime The interval of time in seconds between transmission of
two consecutive Hello messages to this server.
Type Specify type as primary or secondary. A primary Server
is the preferred server which will be consulted first for
address resolution. A secondary server is used as an al-
ternative if the primary is not responding. All servers
have to be marked secondary if round-robin load sharing
is used between servers.
add rsi server

Adds a remote server interface. Specify the DNA address and Name of the RSI as a quoted
string. Specify whether the server will be primary or secondary.
<DNAAddress> : "String" (1..40)
<ServerName> : "String" (0..50)
<ServerType> : primary | secondary
add system trapsubscription

Adds an SNMP trap service. Specify IP address and the appropriate community string.
<CommunityString> : "String" (0..25)
IPAddress IP address of the SNMP Manager subscribing Traps.

CommunityString Community string for this subscriber.
2-13
2-14
Define Commands 3
The define command is used to establish a new value for a parameter. Values entered or
modified using define are automatically saved to the FLASH memory for permanent storage.
Values using the define command will not dynamically update the run time parameters. The
new values will be stored in the configuration file and will take place only upon a system reset.
• bridge
• fr
• gcm
• ip
• ipx
• isdn
• msm
• nac
• rsi
• tm
• wan
define bridge global

Defines optional global bridge objects.
Object Defaults Description

agingTime 300 sec. The timeout period in seconds for aging out
dynamically learned information.
arpSpoofing disabled IP arp spoofing. When enabled, the unit intercepts
most ARP broadcasts and handles them locally.
This reduces the amount of broadcast packets
forwarded across the WAN.
ipProtocol bridged Defines whether IP protocol will be bridged or routed
spanningTree enabled Defines whether the spanning tree algorithm is
enabled or disabled. When enabled, the spanning
tree protocol detects a change in active topology
and allows the root bridge to communicate these
changes to all other bridges in the network.
3-1
Passport 4400 CLI Reference Define Commands
define fr
Defines frame relay parameters and objects.
define fr line network

Frame relay line parameters include LMI protocol parameters, PVC signaling parameters, and
data rate and congestion control parameters for each logical frame relay connection. These
parameters are divided into two groups: line network parameters and line user parameters.
For most applications, the optional frame relay line parameters can be left at their default
settings. For each configurable line paramter, enter the IfIndex of the frame relay service for
the port being provisioned; then enter the value or setting for the parameters.
define fr line network proprietaryService

Uses <<FrServiceParamTable>> in the frdec MIB.

consecutiveFrames 10 frames The number of consecutive frames received with
the BECN bit set before reducing the transmit
rate.
delta 1 sec. Increase or decrease the transmit rate by this
time interval. This is done by monitoring the
number of frames received with the FECN bit
cleared or set. This object is valid only if flow
control is enabled.
flowControl disabled FECN/BECN flow control for frame relay DCE
services. FECNs should reduce the CIR value on
the frame relay DCE PVC connection.
When enabled, allows packets exceeding the
current allowable rate to be dropped if congestion
has been detected on the network.
maxRxFrameSize 1604 Default value for the maximum receive frame size
to negotiate with the remote.
maxTxFrameSize 1604 Default value for the maximum transmit frame
size to negotiate with the remote.
rateEnforcement disabled Rate enforcement for frame relay congestion
management.
rxBe 0 The maximum burst in bits per second (bps) that
will be received on this ifIndex. The range is from
0 to 2560000 bps. The default is 0, which
indicates that the network default value is used.
Consult your frame relay service provider for this
value.
3-2
Define Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference

rxThroughput 0 The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per
second (bps) used for negotiation of receive data
during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000
bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the
default value for the network is used for this
ifIndex.
txBe 0 The maximum burst in bits per second (bps)
transmitted on this ifIndex. The range is from 0 to
2560000 bps. The default is 0, which indicates
that the network default value is used. Consult
your frame relay service provider for this value.
txThroughput 0 The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per
second (bps) used for negotiation of transmit data
bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the
default value for the network is used for this
ifIndex.
define fr line network pvcSignalling

netN392 3 Determines the user-side N392 error threshold
value for this IfIndex.
netN392 15 Indicates the time interval in seconds for the T392
Polling Verification timer.
define fr line network rfc1604Service VCSignalProtocol

Uses the <<FrLportTable>> in the mcmrfc1604 MIB.
The value of this object identifies the local in-channel signaling protocol for this frame relay
logical port. IfIndex indicates the port associated with this frame relay line. Select the protocol
type to match the LMI protocol on the attached FRAD.
<VCSignalProtocol> : none | lmi |
ccittQ933A | ansiT1617D-1994
3-3
define fr line user baseDLCMI

Uses <<nvmFrPhyPortTable>> from the mcmfr MIB.
Object Default Description

infoRateAdjInterval 1 Defines the delta time interval to increase or
decrease the transmit rate by monitoring the number
of frames received with the FECN bit cleared or set.
This command is valid only when flow control is
enabled.
infoRateAdjTriggNum
rateEnforcement disabled Rate enforcement agent for frame relay congestion
management processing. Define as enabled or
disabled.
rxBc 64000 The receive committed burst size expressed in bits.
rxBe 64000 The receive excess burst size expressed in bits.
rxMaxFrameSize 1604 The maximum size of receive frame relay packets
expressed in bytes.
rxThroughput 64000 Frame relay DLCI receive throughput.The
transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.
txBc 64000 The transmission committed burst size expressed in
bits.
txBe 64000 The transmission excess burst size expressed in
bits.
txMaxFrameSize 1604 The maximum size of transmit frame relay packets
expressed in bytes.
txThroughput 64000 Frame relay DLCI transmit throughput.The
transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.
define fr line user basePVCLMI

Uses <<FrPVCPhyTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

IfIndex IfIndex of the physical port.
bidirectional false Indicates whether the PVC LMI will send both status
inquiries and status reports.
lmiMode unidte Indicates whether the local pvc lmi is operating in
DTE or DCE mode.
3-4
define fr line user baseSVCLMI

Uses <<FrSVCPhyTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

maxDLCI 991 The highest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on the
Passport 4400.
maxNumberOfCalls 255 The maximum number of SVC connections allowed
on the Passport 4400.
maxRxFrameSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be
accepted on the primary frame relay link between
the Passport 4400 and the network. The default
value of 0, indicates that the maximum frame size is
determined by the MPANL configuration (add msm
dtelink command).
maxRxThroughput 0 Unless overwritten at connect time, this data rate in
bits per second (bps) is used along with
minRxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end
during call setup. If this value is left at 0, the network
will determine the data rate.
maxTxFrameSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be
transmitted on the primary frame relay link between
the Passport 4400 and the network. A value of 0
indicates the maximum frame size is determined by
the MPANL configuration (add msm dtelink
command).
maxTxThroughput 0 Unless overwritten at connect time, this data rate in
minTxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end
minDLCI 16 The smallest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on
the Passport 4400.
minRxThroughput 0 Unless overwritten at connect time, this data rate in
maxRxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end
minTxThroughput 0 Unless overwritten at connect time, this data rate in
maxTxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end
rxBurstSize 0 The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is
committed to receive. If this value is left at 0, the
network default will determine the receive burst size.
3-5
rxExcess BurstSize 0 The uncommitted receive burst size (Be) in bytes.

The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If left at 0, the
network default will determine the receive burst size.
t303 4 Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a
seconds response from the network before transmitting the
setup message.
t305 30 Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a
seconds response from the network before transmitting a
release message.
t308 4 The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will
seconds wait for a response from the network before
retransmitting the release message. When the
second release is transmitted, the local SVC LMI
considers the corresponding SVC to have been
released by the network even if no response has
been received.
t310 0 The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is
committed to transmit. The range is from 0 to
2560000 bps. If left at 0, the network default will
determine the transmit burst size.
txBurstSize 60 The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will
seconds wait for a Connect message from the network, after
receiving the Call Proceeding message, before
sending a Release message.
txExcessBurstSize 0 The uncommitted transmit burst size (Be) in bytes.
The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If left at 0, the
network default will determine the transmit burst
size.
define fr line user dlcmiPVC lmitype

Uses <<FrDlcmiTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
Selection Use
noLMIConfigured If no PVCs are configured, this option must be selected.
itut933A Select this object where the network PVC LMI conforms to
the standard defined by ITU-T Q933 Annex A.
ansiT161D11994 Select this object where the network PVC LMI conforms to
the standard defined in ANSI T1.617, Annex D.
3-6
define fr line user mpanlLMI netlink

Uses <<MLMICircuitStatTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.
Selection Use
dlciAssignMethod The DLCI assignment method used for the dce option only.
Specify increment or decrement.
numUnsRstrtAtmpts The number of unsuccessful restart attempts.
rstrtAckT317Timer Timeframe within which the Q.933 Ack message is restarted.
The value is given in seconds.
rstrtT316Timer Timeframe within which the Q.933 message is restarted. The
value is given in seconds.
define fr line user mpanlLMI service

Uses <<LMICircuitStatTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.

cugAccess noRight Determines the subscribed Closed User Group
access rights. Options are noRight (the default),
outgoingAccess, incomingAccess, and
outAndinAccess.
cugFacility noCUG Options are noCUG (the default), SimpleCUG, and
CUGSelection.
cugIC none A quoted string of up to 5 digits, determined at
subscription time. Obtain this value from the CUG
provider at subscription time.
cugICType national Determines the CUG interlock code type. Select this
option based on your location requirements.
dnaSuffix none A user-specified quoted string of up to 3 digits that
identifies the MPANL service.
define fr line user pvcLMI

Used when the logical port is not performing user-side procedures. Specify IfIndex and service.
Uses <<nvmFrDlcmiTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
3-7
Selection Default Use

n391 6 The number of status enquiry intervals that pass before a
full status enquiry message is sent. (Every nth status
enquiry will be a full status enquiry.)
n392 3 The maximum number of unanswered status enquiries that
will be accepted before the LMI is declared down.
t391 10 Identifies the user-side T391 full polling cycle value for the
UNI/NNI logical port. If the logical port is not performing
user-side procedures, then this value is equal to
noSuchName.
define fr port
define fr port spvcLANData

Defines the default SPVC parameters for the specified interface.
define fr port spvcLANData spvc connectType

Define port IfIndex, DLCI number for the remote network and specify whether this end of the
SPVC will serve as master or slave.
define fr port spvcLanData spvc svcDNA

Specify port IfIndex, DLCI number for the remote network and enter the frame relay DNA
for the SVC as a quoted string.
define fr port spvcLANData svc
define fr port svcLANData

Note: The same objects are set for both these commands.
Specify the port IfIndex and the DNA of the SVC as a quoted string.
Uses <<FrLANSpvcTable>> from the mcmfr MIB.

discardPriority low Indicates the likelihood of frames on this SVC being
discarded during periods of heavy congestion. The
options are low, medium, and high-discard-level.
holdingPriority Indicates the priority that a path maintains once the
path is established. It also determines the likelihood
of being bumped by a new path, thus losing the
bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5
is the lowest.
3-8
maxRxSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be

received into the frame relay network from this SVC.
The range is from 0 to 4096 frames. If this value is
left at 0 (the default), the value configured for the line
is used for this SVC.
maxRxThroughput 0 Maximum receive throughput in bits per seconds.
Used to negotiate with the remote when used with
the minimum receive throughput unless overwritten
at connect time. A value of 0 indicates the network
default values are to be used. The range is 0 to
2560000 bps.
maxTxSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be
transmitted out of the frame relay network by this
SVC. The range is from 0 to 4096 frames. If this
value is left at 0 (the default), the value configured for
the line is used for this SVC.
maxTxThroughput 0 Maximum transmit throughput in bits per seconds;
used to negotiate with the remote when used with
the minimum transmit throughput unless overwritten
at connect time. A value of 0 indicates the network
default values are to be used. The range is 0 to
2560000 bps.
minRxThroughput 0 The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per
bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the value
configured for the line is used for this SVC.
minTxThroughput 0 The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per
bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the value
rxBurstSize 0 Receive burst size in bytes; used to negotiate with
the remote unless overwritten at connect time. A
value of 0 indicates the network default values are to
be used. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps.
rxExcessBurstSize 0 The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second in the
ingress direction into the frame relay network. The
range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If this value is left at
0 (the default), the value configured for the line is
used for this SVC.
3-9
setupPriority Indicates the priority of a path at call-establishment

time, and also determines the potential for bumping
established paths to acquire their bandwidth. A
value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.
txBurstSize Transmit burst size in bytes; used to negotiate with
the remote unless overwritten at connect time. A
value of 0 indicates the network default values are to
be used. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps.
txExcessBurstSize 0 The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second in the
egress direction out of the frame relay network. The
range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If this value is left at
0 (the default), the value configured for the line is
used for this SVC.
txPriority 6 The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The
range is from 0 to 15, with higher numbers indicating
higher priority. Voice traffic generally has a higher
transport priority than data because it has a lower
tolerance for delay.
define fr port virtualPort mode

The procedures used to provision IP routing assumes the existence of a core router with inter-
LAN switching (ILS) services. If your Passport network does not use an ILS core router, select
the easyrouting option. This option is set to basic (no easyrouting) by default.
<Mode> : basic | easyrouting
define fr switch
define fr switch map

Defines the entry used to associate a PVC DLCI with a virtual port.
Note: CLI command add fr switch map creates a switch map using one
command.
define fr switch map connectType

Indicates whether this end of the SPVC segment is designated as master or slave. LocalNet
IfIndex is the frame relay service IfIndex on the port being provisioned. LocalNetDLCI is the
DLCI number for the local network. For ConnectType, use master for the site that will establish
the connection, use slave for the other site.
3-10
define fr switch map remoteNetDLCI

Indicates the user-to-user signaling of the SVC call setup to the remote 4400. LocalNetIfIndex
is the frame relay service IfIndex on the port being provisioned. RemoteNetDLCI is the DLCI
number for the remote network.

define fr switch map svcDNA

Defines the SVC DNA as a quoted string. LocalNetIfIndex is the frame relay service IfIndex
on the port being provisioned. LocalNetDLCI is the DLCI number for the local network.
define fr switch map switchType

Defines the type of SPVC connection. Choices are frame relay DCE , HTDS, CBR, X25 and
SNA-SDLC. Both ends of the frame relay circuit must be defined with the same value.
LocalNetIfIndex is the frame relay service IfIndex on the port being provisioned.
LocalNetDLCI is the DLCI number for the local network.
<SwitchType> frdce | htds |
cbr | x25 |
sna-sdlc
define fr switch pvc

Defines PVC and their mappings. Specify IfIndex and DLCI along with these objects.
Parameter Default Description

maxRxFrameSize 1600 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be
accepted on this DLCI.
maxTxFrameSize 1600 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be
transmitted on this DLCI.
3-11
rxBe 0 The maximum burst size (temporary data rate above

the CIR) in bits per second (bps) that will be
accepted on this DLCI.
rxCIR 128000 The data rate in bps that the network agrees to
deliver on this DLCI.
txBe 0 The maximum burst size (temporary data rate above
the CIR) in bits per second that will be transmitted
on this DLCI.
txCIR 128000 The estimated data rate in bps that the device on
this DLCI will deliver to the network; the committed
bandwidth to be allocated.
define fr switch svc

Defines the switching parameters for the frame relay svc. Enter the ConnectID for the SVC
for each of the parameters described in the table below.
Uses <<PANLConnSVCTable 1>> in the mcmfrdce MIB.

discardPriority low Indicates the likelihood of frames on this SVC being
discarded during periods of heavy congestion. The
options are low, medium, and high-discard-level.

dna none The full SVCDNA number of the destination Passport
4400 for this SVC. Enter as a quoted string, range is
from 3 to 30 characters.
holdingPriority This indicates the priority a path maintains once the
path has been established, and also determines the
likelihood of being bumped by a new path, thus losing
the bandwidth. A value of 1 signifies the highest
priority, and 5 signifies the lowest.
maxRxBurstSize 0 The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps)
in the ingress direction into the frame relay network.
The range is from 0 to 2560000. If this value is left at
0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.
maxRxSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be received
into the frame relay network from this SVC. The range
is 0 to 4096) If this value is left at 0, the value
maxTxBurstSize 0 The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps)
in the egress direction out of the frame relay network.
The range is from 0 to 2560000. If this value is left at
0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.
3-12
maxTxSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be

transmitted out of the frame relay network by this SVC.
The range is 0 to 4096. If this value is left at 0, the
value configured for the line is used for this SVC.
rxExcessBurstSize 0 The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second in the
egress direction out of the frame relay network. The
range is from 0 to 2560000. If this value is left at 0, the
value configured for the line is used for this SVC.
rxThroughput The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per
during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000. If
this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line
setupPriority This indicates the priority of a path at call
establishment time. It also determines the potential for
bumping established paths to acquire their bandwidth.
A value of 1 signifies the highest priority, and 5
signifies the lowest.
txExcessBurstSize 6 The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second in the
ingress direction into the frame relay network. If this
value is left at 0, the value configured for the line is
used for this SVC.
txPriority 0 The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The
range is from 0 to 5, with higher numbers indicating
higher priority. Voice traffic generally has a higher
transport priority than data because it has a lower
tolerance for delay.
txThroughput The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per
during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000. If
this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line
define fr system
Defines optional frame relay system parameters.
Uses <<mcmFrGlobalGroup>> in the mcmfr MIB.

coreTrap disabled This object indicates whether the generation of trap
messages are enabled/disabled for the frame relay
core module.
lmiTrap disabled This object indicates whether the generation of trap
PANL LMI module.
3-13
maxDLCIPerLine The maximum number of DLCIs that are permitted on

a single Frame Relay DCE port. If you are only using
Port 1 on the Base Module for frame relay pass-
through, you can leave this parameter at the default
setting of 255. If you have two Data Expansion
Modules installed and you are using the maximum
allowable 17 Frame Relay DCE ports, you may want
to set this parameter to15 to ensure you do not exceed
the maximum total of 255 for the device.
maxNumberOfDLCI 255 The maximum total number of DLCIs supported by the
Passport 4400. The default value is 255.
maxVirtualPort 32 The maximum number of virtual ports supported by
the Passport 4400. The default value is 32.
msmTrap disabled This object indicates whether the generation of trap
MSM module.
numberingPlan x121 The DNA numbering plan used by the Passport 4400.
The default numbering plan is x121.
plmTrap disabled This object indicates whether the generation of trap
Plm module.
define fr tunnel
Uses <<nvmTunnelPvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

rxBc The receive committed burst size expressed in bps.
The range is 0 to 2560000.
rxCIR The receive committed information rate (CIR) in bpx
for this PVC tunnel data sent into this unit.
rxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive FR packet size expressed in
bytes.
txBc The transmission committed burst size (Bc) in bits for
this PVC tunnel data sent out of this unit.
txCIR 64000 The transmission committed information rate (CIR) in
bps for this PVC tunnel data sent out of this unit.
txMaxFrameSize 1604 The maximum transmission frame size in octets for
this PVC tunnel data sent out of this unit.
3-14
define gcm
The global circuit manager administers all logical links between Passport 4400 and the
Passport WAN. The GCM is provisioned as to which link type (ISDN or frame relay) and
which physical port will provide the primary and backup links. The GCM does not contain
any protocol information or signaling information.
define gcm backupLink

Defines the GCM backup link. If you are provisioning an existing link, use the show gcm
backupLink table command to determine link index. Unit index is 1 for serial WAN or 2 for
ISDN.
define gcm backupLink linkIndex

<LinkIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)
define gcm backupLink unitIndex

define gcm global

Defines global configuration parameters for the GCM.
Uses <<GcmGlobalCfgGroup>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

adminStatus enabled Defines the administration status as enabled or
disabled.
autoActStatus hardwareC Defines the mode of the unit activation after
reading the configuration file.
trapStatus enabled. Defines whether the GCM traps will be generated.
define gcm link

Defines an entry in the GCM link table as the primary link.
Uses <<GcmLinkEntry>> in the mcmgcm MIB.
3-15
Selection Use
name Define a name as a text string.
protocolType Define the protocol type, either unknown or frame relay.
protocolPCMIndex Defines the index value that uniquely identifies an entry for
the PCM. In the case of the FRCM, this entry represents an
index for the 4400 physical hardware ports 2 and 3.
signalingType Choose from ISDN, unknown or unusedAlwaysUP. The
status of the unusedAlwaysUP indicates the signaling
channel does not exist and the status of the port is always up.
This means that the protocol can be activated because there
exists no failure on the signaling side.
signalingPCMIndex The index value that uniquely identifies an entry for the PCM.
In the case of the ICM, this entry represents an index for the
dialCtlPeerCfg table.
define gcm timer

Defines the GCM timer parameters.
Uses <<GCMTimerTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

inactDurationHr 1 Hours designation for inactivity duration.
inactDurationMin 0 Minutes designation for inactivity duration.
inactFriday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Fridays.
inactMonday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Mondays.
inactPeriodIc disabled The periodic timer inactivity administration
functionality.
inactSaturday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Saturdays.
inactSunday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Sundays.
inactStartHr 0 Hours designated to start inactivity.
inactStartMin 0 Minutes designated to start inactivity.
inactThursday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Thursdays.
inactTuesday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Tuesdays.
inactWednesday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Wednesdays.
unitIndex none Uniquely identifies an entry to the GCM unit table.
3-16
define gcm unit

Defines the GCM unit parameters.
Uses <<gcmUnitEntry>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

adminStatus up Value shows the administration status of the GCM
unit. If the status is set to down (1) the
administration is disabled for this unit and all
associated links. When the status is up (2), the
GCM controls and administers the unit.
backupRemainTime 3 The maximum number of minutes that the backup
link remains active after switching from the backup
to the primary. This object is used if the object
gcmUnitSwitchType is set to voice-switch (2).
backupSwitchDelay The number of minutes the switching has to be
delayed before switching to the primary link.
durationLinkFail The number of minutes to monitor the gcm link
failure monitor threshold activity. The duration
timer starts when first link failure occured while the
monitorLinkStatus (below) enabled.
linkIndex 1 The index value that uniquely identifies an entry in
the GCM link table as the primary link.
modeConfiguration branch-node - The GCM will initially try to activate
the primary link. In the case of a failure, the GCM
will activate one of the the backup links. During the
time the primary link is active, the backup port is
deactivated.
regional-node - This mode is identical to branch-
node except the backup link is not used.
central-site-node - When this selection is active,
the unit will not have a PANL DTE connection, so
there is no need to have backup functionality. The
GCM will enable both ports. In the case of ISDN, it
is possible to accept incoming calls. Primary link
and backup link will have the same priority.
monitorLinkStatus The GCM link failure monitor status.
name baseGcm The name of the GCM unit.
numberLinkFailure Number of GCM link failures.
primarySwitchDelay 0 min. The number of minutes the switching from the
active backup link to the active primary link has to
be delayed.
3-17
regionalLinkIndex The index value that uniquely identifies an entry in

the GCM Link Table as the regional link index.This
GCM link is activated only during the down time of
the backup link.
SwitchType fast Type of switching algorithm.
BackupManualSwitch manualSwitching
timerStatus disabled The unit timer status. When set to enabled, the
GCM checks the configured timer entries.
3-18
define ip
Defines IP parameters and objects.
• base
• bootp
• invArp
define ip base parameters

Uses <<nvmIpAddrEntry>> in the mcmip MIB.

bcastAddress 255.255. The value of the least-significant bit in the IP
255.255 broadcast address used for sending datagrams
on the logical interface associated with the IP
address of this entry. When the internet standard
all-ones broadcast address is used, the value will
be 1. This value applies to both the subnet and
network broadcast addresses used by the entity
on this interface.
dataLinkType ether Select either frame relay or ethernet.
forwardBcast Enter the IP address for this addressing
information.
ipNumbered numbered Select numbered or unNumbered to match your
network configuration.
keepAlive on This value determines if keep alive’s are sent over
this interface.
mtu octets The size of the largest datagram which can be
sent or received on the interface. For interfaces
that are used for transmitting datagrams, this is
the size of the largest network datagram that can
be sent on the interface.
netMask 255.0.0.0 The subnet mask associated with the IP address
of this entry. The value of the mask is an IP
address with all the network bits set to 1 and all
the host bits set to 0.
ripCompatibility rip1 This value indicates the Routing Internet Protocol
(RIP) version. rip1 indicates only RIP version 1
packets are broadcasted. rip1Compatible
indicates RIP version 2 packets are broadcasted.
rip2 indicates RIP version 2 packets are
multicast.
routeProtocolType disable Enter rip, passive rip or disable.
define Ip base rip

Define base rip as on or off. Default value is off.
3-19
define ip rip baseCompatibility

Indicates the version of the routing internet protocol.
Parameter Description
rip1 Only RIP version 1 packets are broadcast.
rip1Compatible Indicates RIP version 2 packets are broadcast.
rip2 Indicates RIP version 2 packets are multicasted.
define ip bootp
numberOfHops Indicates the number of hops a Bootp packet is
allowed to make.
relayBootpPkts This object determines if the access device will
relay Bootp packets.
serverAddress This object indicates the IP address to which
Bootp relay agent will relay Bootp requests.
define ip invArp
Define inverse arp as enabled or disabled. Default value is enabled.
define ipx
define ipx circuit

System index must be defined as 1. Circuit parameters must be entered as a quoted string.
circuitName Define a circuit name and index.
dataLinkType Select data link type from raw, snap, type 2 and type 8022. Where
no protocol is used, select raw. Snap is Subnetwork Access
Protocol. This protocol operates between a network entity in the
subnetwork and a network entity in the end system. Type 2 and
type 8022 match a protocol defined by IEEE 802.2 (LLC)
connection-oriented operation upgrade. Type 8022 is the original
version, Type 2 is the later version.
existState Define exist state as on or off.
ifIndex Define the IfIndex associated with this circuit.
netNumber Define the ipx network number of this circuit.
3-20
define ipx filter
netFilter Define the IPX filter’s network address as source, destination
or both. Define the filter port as WAN, ethernet or both.
ripFilter Define the IPX RIP filter port as WAN, ethernet or both.
sapFilter Define the IPX SAP filter port as WAN, ethernet or both.
system Define the IPX system filters as inclusive or exclusive.
define ipx staticRoute

System index must be defined as 1.
hopCount Define the number of hops necessary to reach the
destination.
nextHopNICAddress Define the NIC address of the next hop.
status Define ipx status as on or off.
ticks The delay in ticks to reach the route’s destination.
define ipx system basic

System index must be defined as 1.
netNumber The network number portion of the IPX address of the system.
routerStatus Define router as enabled or disabled.
spoofDataLinkType Define spoof data link type as raw, type 2, type 8023 or type
8022.
spoofing Set as enabled or disabled.
systemName Define an ipx system name as a text string.
wanOptimization Define wan optimization as enabled or disabled.
define isdn
define isdn dialControl
define isdn dialControl callHistory maxLength

Define the upper limit on the number of entries that the callHistoryTable may contain. A value
of 0 will prevent any history from being retained. When this table is full, the oldest entry will
be deleted and the new one will be created.
3-21
define isdn dialControl configuration

acceptMode accept Security level for acceptance of incoming calls.
Known Select acceptNone to accept no calls. Select
acceptAll to accept all calls. Select
acceptKnown to accept only calls that are
properly identified.
trapStatus disabled Indicates whether traps should be generated
for all peers.
define isdn dialControl peer

Configuration data for a single peer. This entry is effectively permanent and contains
information to identify the peer, how to connect to the peer, how to identify the peer and its
permissions.
Uses <<DialCtlPeerCfgTable>> in the mcmip MIB.
3-22

bChannel Value of this object specifies the B channel to be
used for leased lines.
callRetries 0 The number of calls to a non-responding
address that may be made. A retry count of zero
means there is no bound. The intent is to bound
the number of successive calls to an address
which is inaccessible, or which refuses those
calls. Some countries regulate the number of
call retries to a given peer that can be made.
closedUserGroup ““ The closed user group is undefined for the given
media or call. If the closed user group is
undefined or unused, this value is a zero length
string.
failureDelay 0 The time in seconds after which call attempts
are to be placed again after it has been
determined that a peer is unreachable.
infoType other The information transfer capability to be used
when calling this peer. Select from the list to
match the peer.
lowerIf 0 The ifIndex value of an interface the peer will
have to be called on.
originateAddress Call address at which the peer will be called.
permission both Applicable permissions. Callback (4) either

rejects the call and then calls back, or uses the
reverse charging information element if it is
available.
retryDelay 0 The time in seconds between call retries if a
peer cannot be reached. A value of zero means
that call retries may be done without any delay.
speed 0 The desired information transfer speed in bits
per second when calling this peer.
3-23
subAddress ““ Sub address at which the peer will be called.

trapStatus This object indicates whether
dialCtlPeerCallInfo and dialCtlPeerCallSetup
traps should be generated for the peer.
dialCtlPeerCallInfo - Trap information is sent to
the manager whenever a successful call clears,
or a failed call attempt is determined to have
ultimately failed. In the event that call retry is
active, this information is sent after all retry
attempts have filed. Only one such trap is sent
in-between successful call attempts, and
subsequent call attempts do not result in a trap.
dialCtlPeerCallSetup - Trap information is sent
to the manager whenever a call setup message
is received or sent.
define isdn physicalIf
define isdn physicalIf basic

Uses <<nvmIsdnBasicRateTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

lineTopology point-to- Line topology for the interface.
multipoint
signalMode active The ISDN MIB object signalMode can be set to
either active or inactive. If the value is set to
active, the ISDN D Channel is active and the
device ISDN protocol stack is running inside the
D Channel. The ISDN connection to the ISDN
network is a dialup connection.
If the value is set to inactive, the ISDN D
Channel is inactive. No ISDN Signaling protocol
is running inside the D Channel. This
configuration is used for ISDN leased line.
There is no need to establish a connection to the
remote peer. Whenever the physical line is
activated from the device, it can transfer
information through one or both B channels
where one or two B channels are used for
transmission.
3-24
define isdn physicalIf directory

Uses the <<nvmIsdnSignalingTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

number 1212 for An entry in the ISDN signaling table.
index 1
2323 for
index 2
signalingIndex 1 for index An entry in the isdn signaling table. This value
1 and 2 corresponds to the port index used in the ICM.
define isdn physicalIf endPoint

Uses <<IsdnEndpointTable>> in the msmisdn MIB.

serviceProfileId ““ Service profile identifier (SPID) information for
the terminal endpoint.
teiType dynamic Type of TEI for the terminal endpoint.
teiValue 127 The TEI value for the terminal endpoint.
define isdn physicalIf lapd

Uses <<IsdnLapdCntrTable>> in the msmisisdn MIB.

nm20 3 Specifies the retry counter NM20 for TEI
management.
n200 3 Specifies the retry counter N200. This is the
maximum number of retransmissions of a frame.
n202 3 Specifies the retry counter N202. This is the
maximum number of transmissions of a TEI identity
request message.
timerTM20 2500 ms Specifies the timer TM20 value in milliseconds. for
TEI management.
timerT200 1000 Specifies the timerT200 value in milliseconds. T200
is the time to wait for an acknowledgment to a frame
before initiating recovery.
timerT201 1000 Specifies the timer T201 value in milliseconds. T201
is the minimum time between the transmission of the
TEI identity check messages.
3-25
timerT202 2000 Specifies the timer T202 value in milliseconds. T201

is the minimum time between the transmission of the
TEI identity request messages.
timerT203 10,000 Specifies the timer T203 value in milliseconds. T203
is the maximum time allowed without frames being
exchanged.
rxFrameSize 200 Specifies the maximum receive frame size in bytes.
rxWindowSize 200 The value of this object specifies the receive window
size. The maximum number of outstanding
unacknowledged information frames.
txFrameSize 1 Specifies the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.
txWindowSize 7 for PRI Specifies the transmit window size. The maximum
1 for BRI when number of outstanding unacknowledged information
SAPI=0 frames.
3 for BRI when
SAPI is not = 0
define isdn physical signal

Defines the isdn signaling table which contains configuration and operation parameters for
all isdn signaling channels on the managed device.

callingAddress ““ The isdn address assigned to a signaling
channel. This is the calling address information
element as being passed to the switch in
outgoing call setup messages.
infoTrapStatus disabled Indicates whether isdnMibCallInformation traps
should be generated for calls on the signaling
channel.
isdnMibCallInfomation - This trap information is
sent to the manager under the following
conditions:
• Incoming calls rejected for policy reasons
(e.g., unknown neighbor, or access
violation).
• Outgoing calls determined to have
ultimately failed, and, if retry is active, all
retry attempts have failed.
• Calls that connect, in which case the
variable isdnBearerCallConnectTime
should be included in the trap.
3-26
protocol other The protocol type supported by the switch

providing access to the ISDN network to which
this signaling channel is connected.
subAddress ““ Supplementary information to the ISDN address
assigned to this signaling channel.
define msm
Defines parameters for the MPANL signaling management mechanism.
define msm dteLink

Defines the IfIndex associated with the MPANL line parameters.
Uses <<MSMDTELinkCfgTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB.

dceMaxFrameSize 80 Represents the maximum frame size in bytes
that the corresponding MPANL DCE is
capable of receiving at a layer below the
MPANL layer-2. Value depends on the DCE
receiver bandwidth.
dceReceiverBW 64000 Represents the maximum throughput in bytes
that the corresponding MPANL DCE is
capable of receiving. Cannot exceed the
access link bandwidth.
dteMaxFrameSize 80 The maximum frame size in bytes the MPANL
DTE is capable of receiving at a layer below
the MPANL layer 2. Value depends on DTE
receiver bandwidth. This value is signaled
from the DTE to the DCE.
dteReceiverBW 64000 The maximum throughput in bytes that the
MPANL DTE is capable of receiving. Cannot
exceeding the access link bandwidth. This
value is signaled from the DTE to the DCE.
maxSubChannelRange 63 The highest DLCI value used for sub-channel
allocation. This information is signaled from
the DTE to the DCE.
define msm profile

Defines an entry in the MPANL signaling profile parameters table.
Uses <<MSMDCELinkStatusTabl
3-27

customerId 0 Unique identification for a customer. This Id is
used in registering the Egress table.
dnaPrefix "" Specifies the prefix of the directory network
address (DNA) which uniquely identifies the
unit within the network topology. A dnaPrefix
with a null value means there is no DNA
configured.
nodeId 1 A unique identifier for a Passport 4400. Used
as the index into the MSM profile table.
define nac
Defines the network address client cache entity.
Uses <<nacCacheTable>> in the mcmnac MIB.

customerId 0 An unique number allocated to a customer
that allowing a single server to serve more
than one customer. This Id identifies all units
belonging to a particular customer.
numCacheEntries 100 The maximum number of address resolutions
to be cached in memory. If this value is too
high the free memory space on the unit will be
reduced which may affect the unit's
performance. If this value is too low, the unit
will have to consult the server too frequently.
The optimum value depends on the network
size and the number of frequently dialed DNs.
It is recommended to start with the value of
100 and tune the value to the optimum
amount by observing the unit’s performance.
3-28
define rsi
Defines the RSI (remote server interface) parameters.
Uses <<RSISysCfgDefGroup>> in the msmrsi MIB.
define rsi parameters

numOfCacheEntries 30 Specifies the maximum number of address
resolutions to be cached in memory.
vncsId 1 The unique identifier for VNCS.
define rsi server

name Designates a name for the server.
type Indicates server preference as defined by the
DNA address.
define tm
lineEfficiency disabled Designed to make available any leftover
MPANL CIR to any emission priority traffic. It
is not recommended that this object be
enabled for most networks.
rateEnforcement disabled Performs CIR ingress rate shaping on a per-
DLCI basis. This enforcement is used to
determine how much information per DLCI is
moved into the emission queue. When the
CIR limit is reached, data for that DLCI is no
longer queued in the emission queue for the
remainder of the rate shaping interval (1
second). The MPANL CIR should be
configured for the line speed in most cases.
weightedRoundRobin disabled The number of packets that will be moved
from each DLCI into the emission queue
before switching to the next DLCI at the same
emission priority. Provides a more balanced
distribution to each DLCI per emission queue.
Rate enforcement must be enabled to
perform Weighted Round Robin queuing.
3-29
define wan
define wan port

Defines the following port parameters.
define wan port ifType

Defines the port interface type. Specify IfIndex for the port and type.
Uses <<wanifTable>> in the mcmwan MIB.

baudRate 64000 WAN port clocking speed in bits per second.
encodeMethod nrz Indicates the port transmit/receive data
encoding method.
htdsCutThru no Enables or disables fragmenting. If cut-thru is
enabled, the fragmentSize forwarded is
determined by the fragmentSize parameter. If
cut-thru is turned off, fragmentSize is not
used. This parameter is only available for
HTDS protocol.
IdleChar The idle character required for Constant Bit
Rate transfer.
SyncChar The 8 bit Syncronization character required
by the Constant Bit Rate (CBR) transfer
method.
IfType v35 Signaling characteristics for WAN interface.
Select from:
none, V35, V36, ISDN-BRI, E1CSU, RS-232,
x21, CSU-DSU, T1CSU
maxRxFrameSize 4000 Maximum received frame size allowed at the
interface
mode dte Determines whether the Passport 4400
receives or transmits clocking signals.
numOfRxBuffers 100 Number of configured receive buffers.
protocolSupport none Protocol supported on the interface. Set
according to your selection criteria from the
following:
none, switchingFr, cbr, standardFr, htds
3-30
rxQueueSize 10 Size in frames of fragments received per MIP

queue. (One queue per priority.) Available
range is 10 to 255.
txQueueSize 10 Size in frames of fragments transmitted per
MIP queue. (One queue per priority.)
Available range is 5 to 255.
3-31
3-32
Delete Commands 4
The delete command is used to remove entries from a table.
• arp
• bridge
• filters
• fr
• gcm
• ip
• ipx
• isdn
• nac
• rsi
• system
delete arp entry

Deletes entry from the arp configuration table for the specified IfIndex.
delete bridge
Deletes the following bridge tables.
Command Description
base Deletes the specified port profile. Specify IfIndex. Use the
show bridge base port operational table command to list
IfIndices.
etypeFilter Deletes single etype filters or a range of etype filters. Spec-
ify IfIndex and filter number. Use the show bridge opera-
tional table command to list IfIndices and filter numbers.
sapFilter The sapFilter table contains port-specific information for the
device E-type filter. Specify IfIndex and filter number. Use
the show bridge operational table command to list IfIndi-
ces and filter numbers.
4-1
Passport 4400 CLI Reference Delete Commands
delete filters ip
Deletes IP filters. Specify the IfIndex, address, mask, protocol type, port id or other attribute
as shown on the CLI screen for forward, ospf and rip broadcast types. Use the show filters ip
command to list current values.
delete fr
delete fr line user mpanl service

Deletes frame relay MPANL service. Specify service index.
<ServiceIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)
delete fr port
Deletes the frame relay service. Use the corresponding show fr port command for each service
for a list of Ifindices and DLCIs.
Command Description
pvcLANData Deletes the corresponding virtual port. Specify IfIndex and
NetLinkIfIndex.
spvcLANData Deletes the spvc parameters for the specified interface. Specify Vir-
tualPortIfIndex and RemoteNet DCLI.
svcLANData Deletes svc parameters for the temporary association between two
end-points in the network. Specify IfIndex and the DNA as a quoted
string, range 1 to 34 characters.
virtualPort Deletes links of the IfIndex of the frame relay physical port the vir-
tual port is linked to, which temporarily provided a logical connec-
tion for the duration of the call. Specify IfIndex.
delete fr switch map

Deletes the entry used to associate a PVC with a DLCI. Specify the local IfIndex and the
DLCI. Use the show fr switch map operational table command for a list of IfIndices and
DLCIs.
delete gcm
Deletes link and timer entries to the GCM. To delete each of these, specify the IfIndex. Use
the corresponding show gcm command to list the IfIndices.
Command Description
backupLink Deletes the index value which identifies the entry in the GCM link
table.
4-2
Delete Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference
link Deletes the index value which identifies an entry in the GCM link ta-
ble as the primary link.
timer Deletes the index value which identifies the entry in the GCM timer
table.
delete ip
Deletes IP address assignments.
Command Description
address entry Deletes the address entry for the specified index.
route Deletes the destination IP address entry for an IP router.
delete ipx
Deletes IPX circuit and static router assignments.
Command Description
circuit Deletes an entry from the IPX circuit table. Specify system
instance and circuit index numbers. Use the show ipx cir-
cuit table command to list these numbers.
staticRoute Deletes a static route entry created with the define ipx stati-
cRoute command. Specify system instance, circuit index,
and network number. Use show ipx staticRoute table com-
mand to list the these values.
delete isdn
Deletes ISDN directory and peer information for the specified index.
Command Description
directory Deletes entry to the ISDN directory table.
peer Deletes entry to the peer configuration table.
delete nac
Uses <<nacCfgGroup>> in the mcmnac MIB.
Command Description
cache Removes deletes egress string information from
the NAC cache. Specify egress string.
server Specify IP address.
4-3
Passport 4400 CLI Reference Delete Commands
delete rsi server

Deletes the RSI interface to the server for the specified DNA address.
delete system trapSubscription

Deletes the subscription to a trap collection at the specified IP address. This prevents the device
at that address from receiving any more traps.
4-4
Set Commands 5
The set command establishes a new value for a configuration parameter or modifies an old
one. Values programmed using the set command take effect dynamically without having to
reset the unit. Values programmed or modified using set remain effective until the next system
reset. For values to remain effective after a system reset, the save command must be used.
• bridge
• csu
• gcm
• ip
• ipx
• nac
• nas
• port
• rsi
• snmp
• system
• tftp
• t1e1
• voice
set bridge
Use set bridge to provision bridge filtering. Bridge filtering may be used to reduce network
traffic.
5-1
Passport 4400 CLI Reference Set Commands
set bridge base port

Used to set bridge filtering for standard Passport networks. Information may be filtered by
three criteria:
• etype or Ethernet type
• MAC or MAC address
• SAP or service access point. The SAP field is part of an address specification.
Indicate which port is effected by the filter by specifying the IfIndex. To use a filter, set it to
enabled.
Uses <<BrgSapFilterTable>>, <<BrgEtFilterTable>> and <<BrgMACFilterTable>> in the
mcmbrg MIB.
Parameter Default Defined

etypeFilter disabled Indicate which port will be effected by the filter
by specifying the IfIndex. To use the filter, set it
to enabled.
etypeFilterType exclusive Setting the filter type to exclusive causes infor-
mation that meets the filter criteria to be passed
on, while all other information is blocked out.
macFilter disabled Indicate which port will be effected by the filter
by specifying the IpIndex. To use the filter, set it
to enabled.
macFilterType exclusive Setting the filter type to exclusive causes infor-
sapFilter disabled Indicate which port will be effected by the filter
by specifying the IpIndex. To use the filter, set it
to enabled.
sapFilterType exclusive Setting the filter type to exclusive causes infor-
set bridge macFilter
set bridge macFilter address

Specify IfIndex and filter number.
set bridge macFilter type

Specify IfIndex and filter number.
Object Default Defined

MACFilterAddress N/A The MAC address that needs to be filtered.
MACFilterType N/A Filter based on source MAC address or destina-
tion MAC address.
5-2
Set Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference
set bridge misc

Sets the following bridge objects. These are typically used to customize non-standard Passport
networks.

DebugStatus disabled Sets the unit to debug spanning tree algorithm.
SpanDebugStatus disabled Sets the unit to generate a controlled number of
debugging messages in order to debug the bridge
status.
SpoofCacheAge 0 The aging time in seconds for entries in the ARP
spoof cache specified by the cache timeout value.
This is done in order to make room for active en-
tries. Range is 60 to 1800 seconds.
spoofThreshold 0 The ARP spoof threshold count. Allows this num-
ber of consecutive outstanding ARP requests per
test node.
spoofThresholdAge 0 Aging time for the ARP spoof cache threshold.
Range is 60 to 1800 seconds.
set bridge spanningTree parameters

Sets the following spanning tree parameters. These are typically used to customize non-
standard Passport networks. All values are given in hundredths of a second.

bridgeFwdDelay 1500 Value that all bridges use for forward delay when
(15 seconds) this unit is acting as root. One unit = 10 ms.
bridgeHelloTime 200 Value that all bridges use for hello time when
(2 seconds) this unit is acting as root. One unit = 10 ms.
bridgeMaxAge 2000 The maximum age of spanning tree protocol in-
(20 seconds) formation learned from the network before it is
discarded. One unit = 10 ms.
priority 32768 The value of the writable portion of the bridge id,
such as the first two octets of the bridge id. One
unit = 10 ms.
set bridge spanningTree port

Sets the following spanning tree values for the designated port. These settings are typically
made to customize a non-standard Passport network.
Parameter Defined
PathCost Value based on hop count. Used to compare various paths
through the network environment. Path cost value is used by the
routing protocols to determine the most favorable path to a partic-
ular destination. Path cost value is assigned by the system admin-
istrator. Range is 1 to 65535.
5-3
priority Value used to assign priority to the designated port. Priority based
on packet size and interface type. Range is 0 to 255.
status Select enabled or disabled
set csu
Sets the objects that control the channel service unit (CSU). CSU refers to a digital device that
connects end user equipment to the local digital telephone loop.
set csu 56k

Specify IfIndex to set these parameters. Uses <<56kCsuCfgEntry>> in the mcmcsu MIB.

clockSource internal Sets the T1 CSU line clocking source. Se-
Clock lect internal or external.
FilterForce normal Enables or disables filter forcing.
TxCondition
FilterForcingCntl 0db-Filter- Selects the 56K CSU filter gain if filter force
Gain is enabled.
loopback normal Selects normal or forces loopback condi-
RxCondition tion for 56k CSU.
operatingMode 4Wire Select the 56K physical connection re-
Primary 56k quired for your application.
txControlMode normal Selects transmission of the 56K CSU con-
TxCondition trol mode idle sequence.
TxIdle normal Selects transmission of the 56K CSU data
TxCondition mode idle sequence (all 1’s).
TxOutOfFrame normal Selects transmission of the 56K CSU out
TxCondition of frame sequence for DDS-PRI mode, or
transmission of multiplexer out of sync se-
quence for DDS-SC mode.
TxOutOfService normal Selects transmission of the 56K CSU out
TxCondition of service sequence for DDS-PRI mode, or
transmission of abnormal station code se-
quence for DDS-SC mode.
txZeroSuppression normal Selects the 56K CSU disable transmit zero
TxCondition suppression for DDS-PRI mode, or trans-
mission of all zeros for DDS-SC mode.
5-4
set csu e1t1

Uses the <<T1E1CsuCfgTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.

b7ZeroSuppression disable Selects stuffing bit 7 to 1 if 8 consecutive ze-
ros occur. b7zsDisable = no stuffing.
b7zsEnable = bit 7 forced to a one in chan-
nels with all zerros. Note that for an E1 CSU
interface, this object is not used.
b8ZeroSuppression enable Selects zero code suppression for a T1 CSU
interface. Note that for an E1 CSU interface,
this object is not used.
clockSource internal Selects the clock source for the specified
data port.
crc4 disable Specifies whether to enable or disable a T1
line CRC4.
ds0BasicRate 64k Sets the T1 CSU line speed as a multiple of
the selected rate.
ds0Connection display Sets the DS-0 channel. Valid characters are
string (“ ”) decimals, digits, comma and hyphen. For ex-
ample "1, 3, 14" means ds0 channel 1, ds0
channel 3 and ds0 channel 14. Another ex-
ample, "5-11" means ds0 channel 5 through
ds0 channel 11.
frameFormat esf- • Sets frame format.
Framing-
• D4 - AKA superframe. Framing type
Mode
used on T1 circuits. SF consists of 12
frames of 192 bits each with the 193rd
bit providing error checking.
• ESF - extended super frame. Framing
type used on T1 circuits that consists of
24 frames of 192 bits each with the
193rd bit providing timing. An enhanced
version of D4.
framerLoopback disable Selects framer T1 CSU loopback.
hdb3 enable Selects E1 CSU HDB3. Note that for a T1
CSU interface, this object is not used.
lineBuildOut -7.5db Specifies the cable length attached to the lo-
cal T1 line.
5-5
localLoopBack disable Selects local T1 CSU loopback status. The

local loopback is used to test the line inter-
face. When this test is initiated, the system
automatically sends a request to the local
device to loopback to the port under test.
The specified test pattern is then transmitted
to the local modem as test data. At the end
of the test, the system automatically sends a
request to the local device to take down the
loopback.
payLoadLoopback disable Selects the payload T1 CSU loopback. The
payload loopback is used to set up a loop-
back on the local node to support testing
ports on another node. The incoming pay-
load is looped back out of the function pro-
cessor. During the test, the physical level
frames are terminated and the payload data
is looped over the link controller device.The
payload loopback is not a test, and does not
produce test results for the local node.
remoteLoopback disable Selects the remote T1 CSU loopback. Re-
mote loopback tests the full length of the fa-
cility. On the local port, a repeated bit pattern
is sent out of the link to request the remote
CSU to set up a remote loopback. Then the
specified test pattern is transmitted to the re-
mote CSU as test data. At the end of the
test, the Test component automatically re-
quests the remote loop to be taken down by
sending another repeated bit pattern.
trapStatus enable Selects whether the T1/E1 CSU traps
should be generated for this interface.
txIdleCode 127 Selects T1 CSU transmit idle code.
txLoopDown disable Selects transmit T1 CSU loop down status.
txLoopUp disable Selects transmit T1 CSU loop up status.
set gcm unit command

Switches the units link from primary to backup or from backup to primary. Uses
<<GcmUnitTable>> from the mcmgcm MIB.
set ip
set ip parameters
5-6
set ip parameters defaultTimeToLive

TimeToLive is a field in the IP header that indicates how long a packet is considered valid.
The unit of measure is seconds. Specify integer. Default value is 60 seconds.
set ip route
set ip route metric

Sets the metric for hop count between source and destination. Enter destination IP address
and metric value.
set ip route netMask

The subnet mask associated with the IP address of this entry. Value must have all the network
bits set to 1 and all the host bits set to 0.
set ip route nextHop

Determines the IP route by setting the IP address for the next hop and the IP address for the
destination.
set ipx
set ipx circuit staticStatus

Circuit staticStatus indicates whether the information about static routes and services reached
via this circuit matches the information currently saved in permanent storage. Setting the value
to write when it had the value changed will write the currently in use information to permanent
storage. Setting the value to read when it had the value changed will replace any routes and
services currently defined for the circuit with those read from permanent storage.
set nac
set nac parameters


addrResolveRetries N/A The number of times an address resolution
request is sent to the server to get a DNA
address. Range is 1 to 5.
5-7
addrResolveTimeout N/A The time in milliseconds after which an ad-

dress resolution request will be present in
case the previous one is not answered. Set-
ting a very low value in a heavily loaded IP
network would result in transmissions of
multiple requests further increasing the net-
work load.
cacheStatus enabled Specifies caching of previously resolved Ad-
dresses and to remove previously resolved
addresses from the cache. It is recommend-
ed that cachStatus be set to enabled as it
helps relieve the load on the server, reduces
network traffic and speeds up address reso-
lution.
set nac server

Uses << nacServerTable 1>> in the mcmnac MIB.

helloTime 60 The interval of time in seconds between
seconds transmission of two consecutive Hello mes-
sages to the server. If the server does not
see a HELLO message within a specified
period it will purge it's database of all entries
belonging to this unit.
name N/A A user supplied name for the server.
status N/A Allows you to insert, disable or delete a serv-
er. Enable results in insertion of a server for
address resolution. Disable will stop this unit
from using the server for address resolution.
Delete will remove the entry from the table.
type N/A Type of NAS to which this information is as-
signed. Primary indicates the preferred
server which will be first consulted for ad-
dress resolution. A secondary server is used
as an alternative if the primary is not re-
sponding. All servers have to be marked
secondary if round-robin load sharing is de-
sired between servers
set nas basic agingTime

The Server age time specified in seconds for the age of the registered access device entries. If
the server does not receive a HELLO packet from the access device within the time specified
here, the device registered numbers will be removed. This causes the access devices to come
up or go down. This value should be a multiple of the HelloTime value for the access device.
Uses <<nasNvParam>> in the mcmnas MIB.
5-8
set port adminStatus

Sets the administrative status of the physical interface of the specified port (only the IfExtType
with ethernet and propMultiplexor). Provide IfIndex and select status as up, down or testing.
In the testing state, no operational packets can be passed.
set rsi parameters

Sets the remote server interface (RSI) parameters.
Uses <<RSISysCfgSetGroup>> in the mcmrsi MIB.

cacheStatus enable Allows you to enable or disable caching of
previously resolved addresses. It is recom-
mended that caching be enabled as it helps
relieve the load on the server, reduces net-
work traffic, speeds up address resolution.
Flushing of the cache is recommended if the
network configuration has changed resulting
in changes in DNAs and/or DNs. These
changes would make previously cached res-
olutions incorrect.
numOfAddrResRe- 5 This object specifies the time-out period (in
quest tenths of a second) after which an address
resolution request will be resent to the RSA
(in case the previous one is not answered).
Setting a low value in a heavily loaded net-
work would result in transmissions of multi-
ple requests further increasing the network
load. It is recommended to tune this value by
considering the network load and perfor-
mance. Default value is 5.
resReqTimeOut 5 This object specifies the time-out period (in
tenths of a second) after which an address
resolution request will be resent to the RSA
(in case the previous one is not answered).
Setting a low value in a heavily loaded net-
work would result in transmissions of multi-
ple requests further increasing the network
load. It is recommended to tune this value by
considering the network load and perfor-
mance. Default value is 5.
5-9
set snmp
set snmp authenTraps

Indicates whether the SNMP agent process will generate authentication-failure traps. This
provides a means whereby all authentication-failure traps may be disabled. Default is enabled.
Note: It is strongly recommended that this object be stored in non-
volatile memory so it remains constant between re-initialization
of the network management system. For more information, refer
to the Passport 4400 Operator’s Manual.
set system
set system administration

Sets (or assigns) system administration information. Includes
• contact
• location
• NodeName
Each of these values must be entered as display strings, between quotation characters. The
default value for these three objects is " " (null string).
Note: RFC 1213 allows a range of 0 to 255 characters to define these
objects. The 4400 allows a range of 1 to 50.
set system communityString

Using the community string command, users can be assigned different privilege levels which
allow or restrict access to specific CLI utilities and functions. Community string/privilege
levels are divided into two groups. These are NSP (or network service provider) and VPN (or
virtual private network). Within the NSP and VPN groups, three levels of privilege are defined.
These groups are configurator for configuration privileges, operator for operation-level
privileges and monitor for display-level privileges.
The six privilege levels are accessed through one of six community string indexes and their
associated passwords. The following tables show the privilege levels associated with each
string index along with the default password.
Note: TELNET and SNMP accesses from the ethernet port will be
affected by changes to the password strings.
Note: The CLI will not accept passwords or user names that contain the
space character (ASCII Hex 0X20).
5-10
Group Privilege
String Index Default Network Network Network
Password configuration operation display
nSP_Configurator “private” Read/Write Read/Write Read only
nSP_Operator “public” Read only Read/Write Read only
nSP_Monitor “proxy” Read only Read only Read only
*Network service provider designations
Group Privilege
String Index Default VPN configura- VPN operation VPN display
tion
Password
customer_ “regional” Read/Write Read/Write Read only
Configurator
customer_ “core” Read only Read/Write Read only
Operator
customer_ “nortel” Read only Read only Read only
Monitor
*Virtual private network designations
set system consolePort

Sets transmission parameters for the local management port.
BaudRate 9600 bps Sets the console and debugger speed.
dataBits 8 Sets the console number of data bits excluding stop
and parity bits.
parity off Sets console for odd, even or no (off) parity.
stopBits 1 Sets the number of console stop bits.
set system firmware

Application code and configuration memory banks can be set to either a committed state or
an uncommitted state. When a memory bank is set to committed, it becomes write-protected
and cannot be overwritten or erased during a software download or a save configuration
update operation. The application code that is in the committed bank is loaded into RAM
when a system reset occurs. The application code and configuration information that are in
the uncommitted banks are overwritten during a TFTP software download. Only one
application code bank and one configuration bank can be set to committed at a time.
5-11
At initial startup, all four memory banks are in the uncommitted state. If Bank 1 is set to
committed, Bank 2 remains in the uncommitted state and is the software download bank. If
subsequently Bank 2 is set to committed, Bank 1 is automatically toggled to the uncommitted
state at the next reset, and the application code in Bank 2 is then loaded into RAM for execution.
Configuration banks can be set to either active or inactive as well as to the committed or
uncommitted states. The Passport 4400 always reads the active configuration bank when a
reset occurs, and saves configuration changes to the uncommitted bank.
set system firmware activeConfigBank

Sets a configuration code bank to the active status. Specify whether configuration bank 3 or
configuration bank 4 will become active.
set system firmware commitCodeBank

Sets an application code bank to the committed status. Specify whether configuration bank 1
or configuration bank 2 will become committed.
set system firmware commitConfigBank

Sets configuration bank to the committed status. Specify whether code bank 3 or 4 will become
committed.
set system firmware operationType

This command is not used.
set system rollback

Sets the status of the rollback feature. Select from enable or disable.
When rollback is enabled, the CLI software requires confirmation of any change made to the
active status of the code after a system reset. If the change is not confirmed using the confirm
rollback command, the operating system will “roll back” to the previous, unchanged version
of the code. For more information about using system rollback, refer to Chapter 3 of the
Passport 4400 Operator’s Manual, 800-1952-20
set system timeOfDay

Sets system calendar and clock.
Parameter Use
date Enter a numeric value from 1 to 31.
day Enter the name of a week day as shown on the screen.
hour Enter the hour of the day using a 24 hour clock (0-23).
minute Enter a numeric value from 0 to 59.
month Enter a numeric value from 1 to 12.
5-12
second Enter a numeric value from 0 to 59.

year Enter a four digit numeric value for the year.
set system traps

Sets threshold values for system traps.
Trap Name Default Set Value

bandwidthUtilThres 90 Indicate the band width utilization threshold
in units of percent.
cpuUtilThres 90 Indicate the CPU utilization threshold in
units of percent.
ramUtilThres 90 Indicate the RAM utilization threshold in
units of percent.
set tftp
Applies settings via a TFTP transfer.
Parameter Use
portNumber Specify port number.
remoteFileName Set remote file name.
retransmissionCount Set retransmission count.
serverIPAddress Set the server IP address.
timeOut Set the timeout value in seconds.
uploadConfigBank Specify the configuration bank to receive the code.
Choices are bank 3 or bank 4.
set t1e1
Applies settings to provision the T1/E1 links and profiles.
set t1e1 ds0Connect

Sets the DS0 channels. For T1 connections you can select channels 1 - 24. For E1 connections
you can select channels 1 - 30.
<LineIndex> : localEnd (T1=DSX-1 E1=L1) |

networkEnd (T1=DS-1 E1=L2)
<DS0Index> : INTEGER (1..30)
<ConnectionState> : (See table
5-13
Parameter Use
idle The idle option places a DS0 channel in an idle state.
In this state, all existing connections to that DS0
channel will be removed and new assignments can be
made.
bypassVoice Used to connect a DS0 channel to the bypassVoice
link.
bypassData Used to connect a DS0 channel to the bypassData
link.
toPort2 Used to connect a DS0 channel directly to the Port 2
WAN link on the ethernet base module. You may con-
nect more than one DS0 channel to the Port 2 link us-
ing one command for each channel.
toPort3 Used to connect a DS0 channel directly to the Port 3
link on the ethernet base module.
toDataPort1 Connects a DS0 channel to the Data Port 1 slot.
toDataPort2 Connects a DS0 channel to the Data Port 2 slot.
B1 - B6 Refers to the six voice channels (Digital Voice Mod-
ules) on the T1 or E1 Access Modules in logical slot
B of the device.
C1 - C12 Refers to the twelve voice channels of the Digital
Voice Expansion Module in logical slot C of the unit.
D1 - D12 Refers to the twelve voice channels of a Digital Voice
Expansion Module in logical slot D of the unit.
set t1e1 lineParameters

Sets a previously configured T1/E1 profile to a T1/E1 line. For profile, select 1. For LineIndex
select localEnd or networkEnd for T1/E1 dual port.
<LineIndex> : localEnd (T1=DSX-1 E1=L1) |

networkEnd (T1=DS-1 E1=L2)
<Profile> : INTEGER (1..30)
set t1e1 portParameters

Sets the T1/E1 the line parameters. Used as the index to the unit’s T1/E1 line configuration
table.
Uses <<t1e1DPCfgEntry>> in the mcm21te1 MIB.
Parameter Default Use

clock networkLine Sets the clock source for the speci-
External fied port.
5-14
dtrControl normal Sets DTR control as normal or

forced on for the specified port.
rate rate64kbps Sets the rate for the specified port.
rtsControl normal Sets RTS control as normal or
forced on for the specified port.
set t1e1 profile

Sets a profile of T1/E1 line parameters. Profiles can be set for either local or network T1/E1
lines.
Uses <<t1e1ProfCfgEntry>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
e1CRC4Status disable Enables the CRC-4 cyclic redundan-
cy check feature. When enabled, the
E1 Access Module generates and
monitors for the CRC algorithm car-
ried on bit 1 of Time Slot 0 of an E1
frame.
e1LineCode ami Selects either AMI or HDB3 line
code.
• ami indicates that HDB3
suppression is disabled. When
AMI is selected, you must
ensure that the Data Terminal
Equipment is generating at
lease one 1 in every four bits.
• hdb3 (High Density Bipolar 3), a
ITU-TSS-recommended coding
method which limits the
maximum number of
consecutive zeros to three.
5-15
e1TS16Connection toCAS Specifies the signaling system to be

used in time slot 16.
• toCAS supports G.704 channel
associated signaling. In this
method, a multiframe structure
of 16 consecutive frames
numbered 0 through 15 is used.
In each frame, time slot 16
allocates four bits to two
channels in the following
pattern: Frame 0 = multiframe
alignment; Frame 1 = ABCD of
CH 1 and ABCD of Ch 16;
Frame 2 = ABCD of Ch 2 and
ABCD of Ch 17; etc., up to
Frame 15.
idleCode 127 (0X7F) Sets the idle code for the DS0 chan-
nels. Values range from 0 to 255.
Specify the profile number (1 or 2).
t1BuildOut less than 10 ft. Specifies cable length attached to
the line. Specify the profile number
(1 or 2).
t1FrameFormat superFrame Sets the profile for either superframe
(D4) or extended superframe (ESF).
Superframe consists of 12 frames
and extended superframe consists
of 24 frames.
t1LineCode ami Sets either AMI or B8ZS zero sup-
pression. AMI disables B8ZS sup-
pression; however, a bit density
requirement is created which can be
satisfied by assuring that the DTE is
generating at least one 1 in every
byte. Voice is not affected as PCM
code does not allow bytes without a
1.
t1LoopbackStatus disable Used to enable T1 network-invoked
loopback tests. When enabled, the
T1 Access Module recognizes and
responds to network-invoked loop-
back commands. When disabled,
the T1 Access Module will not re-
spond to network-invoked loopback
commands.
5-16
set t1e1 systemClock

LocalLineClock indicates that the clock source is taken from the DXS-1 line. InternalClock
indicates that the clock is taken from an internal source. NetworkClock indicates that the clock
is taken from a network source.
set t1e1 systemTest

This command includes one test and five stop commands.
Uses <<t1e1SysControlActionCmd>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
Parameter Use
testLED Used to test all LEDs associated with the T1/E1 Ac-
cess Module. It does not test the LEDs of the associ-
ated digital voice modules.
stopChannelTest Stops channel test currently in progress.
stopLineTest Stops line test currently in progress.
stopPortTest Not applicable.
stopLedTest Stops LED test currently in progress.
stopAllTest Stops all tests currently in progress.
set t1e1 testChannel

Used to test individual DS0 channels. Only one channel may be tested at one time. For
LineIndex, specify localEnd. For DS0Index, indicate the channel number being tested. The
following tests patterns can be selected. For more detail on these tests, please refer to the
Passport 4400 T1/E1 and Digital Voice Manual, 800-1944-31.
Uses <<t1e1SysControlActionCmd>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
Test Description
qrss QuasiRandom Signal Source. Pseudo random serial
test pattern with a length of 1048576 bits. Limited to a
maximum of 14 consecutive zeros.
tp511 Pseudo random serial test pattern with a length of
512 bits.
loop Connects the input data to the output path.
fixed An alternating test pattern of ones and zeros (E1
only).
set t1e1 testLine

Specifies which DS0 line is in test mode. Used to test all DS0 channels (24T1 or 30 E1) of
the DSX-1 (L1) or DS-1 (L2) line. These tests are interruptive and, unlike channel tests, leave
existing connections in their present states while a test is in progress.
Uses <<t1e1DS0ChTestCmdTstPattern>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
5-17
Parameter Use
LineIndex Specifies the DSX-1 T1/E1 line whose DS0 channels
are to be tested.
TestPattern Select one of four loopback test types.
set t1e1 testPort

Specify either port 1 or port 2. Select either external or internal loopback test.
5-18
set voice
These commands set the VNET voice channel configuration parameters for identifying a voice
channel with its corresponding voice profile.
set voice channelActions

Uses <<VNETChControlEntry>> in the mcmvnet MIB.
Parameter Use
CardNumber Specifies the location of the voice/fax card whose
channel you want to test.
ChannelNumber Specifies the channel number within the selected
card. The integer value ranges from 1 to 12.
Action The type of channel action you intend to perform.
disconnect - disconnects an existing connection.
loopback - performs a standard loopback test.
terminateTest - terminates an active test.
forceConnect - not implemented.
set voice egressTable

Parameter Use
channelList EgressIndex - assign an index number for the egress
entry. This number will link the manipulation string to
the voice channels. Entry must be an integer in the
range 1 - 32.
ChannelList - Enter voice/fax card locations (b1b2b3
etc.) as a quoted string. Maximum is 30 characters.
ManipulationString * Sets voice channel manipulations.
phoneNumber Applies phone numbers to the egress table. Enter the
EgressIndex as defined with the channelList param-
eter. Enter the phone number as a quoted string.
*See definition below for manipulation strings
5-19
Manipulation strings provide control over the egress number. The manipulation string consists
of manipulation commands that are formed by decimal digits 0-9, and the characters ‘#’, ‘*’,
‘+’, ‘D’ and ‘I’. These characters are defined as follows:
Character Definition
* the next digit
# the rest of the digits
+ wait one second
Dn delete next n digits, where n = 0 through 9
D# delete the rest of the ingress digits.
Innn insert digits, nnn where nnn = any number of digits.
set voice ingressTable

Parameter Use
ingressNumber IngressIndex - Enter a number from 1 to 32. The lower
the index number, the higher the priority of the corre-
sponding ingress number.
IngressNumber - Enter a mix of alphanumeric charac-
ters (maximum 40). These are the characters the user
must dial to reach the destination voice channel. The al-
pha characters are limited to the symbols *, #, and +.
Where * = a single wild card, # used to wildcard the rest
of the digits immediately following the # and + is used to
obtain a second dial tone.
ManipulationString * Sets voice channel manipulations.
*See definition above for manipulation strings in the table above.
set voice parameters

Sets profile and switching IDs to the voice module ports. Specify module, channel number
and profile ID.
set voice parameters profileID

Specify a unique integer to identify each profile.
<CardNumber> : limB | limC |
limD | limE
<ChannelNumber> : INTEGER (1..12)
<ProfileID> : INTEGER (1..32)
5-20
set voice parameters switchingProfileID

Specify the ID number of the switching profile to be used for a switching call.
<CardNumber> : limB | limC |
limD | limE
<ChannelNumber> : INTEGER (1..12)
<SwitchingProfileID> : INTEGER (1..32)
5-21
set voice profileID

Sets various attributes to the voice profile.
Uses <<VNETProfileCfgEntry>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
Parameters Default Use

analogOperation two wire Select either 2-wire or 4-wire operation to match
(E&M Only) the interfacing PBX.
autoGainControl disable Enable automatic level enhancement, a feature
that boosts weak DTMF and voice signals above
the noise threshold to a minimum usable level.
backGround regenerated Determine whether users hear silence or regen-
erated background noise when no signal is be-
ing sent across the line.
bandwidth voice Select voiceActivated where the voice/fax
Activated channel uses bandwidth when speech or fax
signals are present.
Select continuous where the voice/fax channel
uses bandwidth for the entire time that the chan-
nel is in use. You may use this option if you want
to transmit background noise or music while on
hold.
busyOutMode system Select systemControlled to place the voice/fax
channel in a busyout state during link outages of
40 seconds or more, or when there is not
enough bandwidth available to support the
voice/fax channel.
Select forcedOn to force the voice/fax channel
into the busyout state. Use to disable an inter-
mittent or defective voice/fax channel until it can
be repaired.
Select forcedOff to prevent the channel from
going busy, even during link outages or conges-
tion. Use when testing the channel.
callProgressTone north Matches the call progress tones to one of eight
America countries or areas where the network is in-
stalled. The Call Progress Tone table in Appen-
dix C shows details for each selection.
companderFormat uLaw A voice encoding/decoding scheme of PCM as-
(DVM & BRI) sociated with this T1/E1 type transmission. This
parameter tells the DVM channel how to en-
code/decode the CAS coming from the T1/E1
line.
5-22
delay 1 Select the delay regeneration interval. Defines

(Regeneration) compensation time before the remote PBX goes
off-hook and provides a dial tone back to the
voice channel for completing the call setup.
(range 1 to 10 seconds)
Part of the Single Dial Tone Feature.
dialDigitTimeLimit 10 Specifies the maximum time (from the start of
one digit to the start of the next) for accepting di-
aled digits. When the time limit is reached, fur-
ther digits are not accepted, and the
accumulated digits are forwarded to the remote
voice channel.
This allows a person time to pause and check a
number being dialed. When using pulse dialing,
the parameter must be set for 2 seconds or more
to accommodate the high-order digits, such as 9
or 10.
Part of the Single Dial Tone Feature.
discSupervision tone Selects the detection method used when the
(FXO Only) telephone equipment attached to a voice/fax
port goes from an off-hook (active) to an on-
hook (idle) state.
Select Power Interrupt - where the voice/fax
channel monitors the station line of the PBX or
CO for the absence of loop current for 600 ms or
longer.
Select Tone - where the attached PBX or CO
cannot supply a power interrupt signal, the
voice/fax channel looks for a call progress tone
of 600 Hz or less.
dtmfToneDetector enable DTMF tone detector. When enabled, this feature
ensures that DTMF signals at the remote end
are regenerated with a uniform on/off time of
100 milliseconds. Limited to switched calls, and
compatible with other voice/fax modules that in-
corporate this feature.
dvmSignaling tieTrunk Specifies the voice signaling protocol and format
Format to be used when the DVM channel is connected
(T1/E1 DVM Only) to a DS0 channel.
echoCanceller enable Used to enable or disable the echo canceller.
Set to enable during normal operations. Set to
disable when performing external tests, or when
using an external echo canceller.
5-23
emSignalFormat dc Select one of four methods to signal (and sense)

(E&M Only) the on-hook/off-hook condition of an E&M tele-
phone connection.
Where DC is selected, the channel senses the
active/idle condition of the remote end by the DC
level on its M lead, and signals to the remote end
its active/idle condition by a DC level on its E
lead.
Where tone2280 is selected, the channel sens-
es the idle condition of the remote end by the
presence of a 2280-Hz tone on its T-R pair, and
holds a 2280-Hz tone on its T1-R1 pair to indi-
cate its idle condition to the remote end. This op-
tion is applicable only to 4-wire connections.
Where pulsedDC is selected, the channel sens-
es the transition from on-hook to off-hook by a
pulse of medium duration, and the transition
from off-hook to on-hook by a pulse of longer du-
ration. Both ends of the connection must select
this signaling format.
winkStart - In the originating channel the user
enters a string of digits to reach a distant PBX
station. The originating PBX first seizes the M
lead and waits for a wink signal response from
the local voice/fax channel. Only then does the
local PBX forward the dialed digits to the desti-
nation voice/fax channel. At the destination end,
the voice/fax channel seizes the E lead and
starts a (regeneration) delay timer. When the
delay timer expires, the remaining digits are for-
warded to the destination PBX.
endOfDialChar disable Used in conjunction with the Single Dial Tone
Status operation. When enabled, receipt of a # sign fol-
lowing a string of digits will cause the voice
channel to forward all digits immediately, without
waiting for the accumulation of the maximum
number of forwarded digits or for the dial digit
time limit to expire.
faxDigitizingRate voiceRate Selects digitizing rates for fax/modem signals.
Normally, separate fax digitizing rates are used.
If Voice Rate is selected, the digitizing rate for
fax/modem signals will be limited to 7.2 kbps.
5-24
format dtmf Used to allow the voice/fax channel to match the

(Regeneration) outgoing dialing digits with that of the interfacing
PBX.
Dial Pulse-used when the interfacing PBX re-
quires that the incoming dialing digits be in a dial
pulse format.
DTMF -used when the interfacing PBX requires
that the incoming dialing digits be in a DTMF for-
mat.
fxsSignaling interrupted Used to set the ringing cadence for the FXS in-
Format Ring terface.
(FXS Only)
Interrupted Ring - The ringing cadence is: ring
for two seconds, off for four seconds.
Repeated Ring - In which the ringing cadence
is slaved to the ring cycle generated by the PBX.
inputLevelGain 0 Used to set the amplification level for the voice/
fax input signal. Values range from -6dB to
19dB.
Note: The input level gain must be set to 0 dBm
for equipment operated in the U.S.A. or Canada.
If your equipment is operated outside of the
U.S.A. or Canada, follow the standards of the
country where the equipment is used.
jitter 50 Used to set the time (in milliseconds) required to
compensate for the delay of transmitted voice
packets across a network. This setting provides
compensation for the difference between arrival
time and expected arrival time of voice packets,
maintaining continuous voice delivery. Values
range from 1 to 200 milliseconds.
lineImpedance 600 ohms Used to set the line impedance options for the
FXS, FXO, and E&M 2-wire. Line impedance of
(FXS enhanced the E&M interface configured for 4-wire opera-
E&M 2-wire tion is fixed at 600 ohms and is not configurable.
FXO enhanced)
maxNumFwd 7 Used to specify the maximum number of dialing
Digits digits, ranging from 0 to 40, to be forwarded to
the attached PBX. If this number is reached, the
accumulated digits are forwarded without having
to wait until the Dial Digit Time Limit is reached.
Default value is 7, which will disable the Single
Dial Tone feature. This assures backward com-
patibility, and requires positive action by the user
to enable this feature.
Part of the Single Dial Tone feature.
5-25
maxOutputLevel 0dBm Used to set the maximum output level to be used

(E&M 4-wire) Nominal with a voice channel configured for 4-wire E&M.
plus7dBm - use when the interfacing tie trunk
equipment includes a pad.
normal0dBm - used for all other applications.
mode voiceFax Sets the voice channel to voice/fax, or voice only
operation.
voice/fax operation - The voice channel will
process voice, fax, or modem (data) signals.
Normally, the channel will operate in voice
mode. If a fax or data signal is detected, and
there is no voice traffic over the channel, the
channel will automatically switch to either the fax
or modem mode. It will stay in that mode until
fax/data signals are no longer detected, and
then switch back to voice mode. Use this option
for most voice/fax/modem applications.
voice only operation - in which the channel will
remain in voice mode all the time. Use this op-
tion if the voice/fax channel is dedicated to voice
traffic only. You must select this mode when per-
forming frequency/level tests of the channel.
This prevents the channel from accidentally en-
tering the fax mode when a test tone is used.
noiseLevel neg30dbm0 Signal input above this level is considered a
Background voiced signal, below this level, the Voice Activity
Detector (VAD), will determine if it is a voiced
signal or background noise.
numOfRings 1 Used to set the number of ring cycles a local
(FXO & 3-port) FXO channel will wait before providing a dial
tone. When an attempt is made to contact a net-
work channel from a PBX station, the user first
dials the local FXO channel and waits for a sec-
ond dial tone. In response, the local FXO chan-
nel waits one or more ring cycles before
providing that dial tone. The user then dials the
extension number of the network channel.
outputLevelAttn 0 Used to set the output voice/fax signal attenua-
tion level. You can enter values ranging from
0dB to 25dB.
Note: The output level attenuation must be set
to 0 for equipment operated in the U.S.A. or
Canada. If your equipment is operated outside
of the U.S.A. and Canada, follow the standard of
the country wherein the equipment is used.
5-26
premiumVoice compress When enabled, this object selects whether the

(DVM Only) Disabled DVM channel should perform the voice com-
pression/decompression coming from or going
to the T1/E1 DS0 channel.
pulseRate 10 Pulses Defines the maximum number of pulses per sec-
(BRI Only) per second ond which may be generated or received in an
E&M interface-type channel. For a standard
E&M channel, the value must be set to 10. For
partner BRI channel, a larger number should be
used to speed up the communication.
ringFrequency 25Hz Used to set the frequency of the signal that
(FXS & 3-port causes an attached telephone to ring when a
call is coming in on that channel.
25 Hz - used for most applications.
50 Hz - used with some European telephone
systems.
silenceHangOver- msec300 Indicates the time delay to switch from voice to
Time silence. Units listed in milliseconds.
set voice switchingProfile

To configure the switching parameters of a voice/fax channel, you must first create a library
of voice/fax switching profiles (maximum 32). Each profile includes a set of voice/fax
switching characteristics specified by your system administrator. Once this library has been
created, you may assign a profile to one or more of the eight voice/fax channels within your
unit, if so specified by the system administrator. Assigning a profile to a voice channel involves
the set voice parameters switchingprofileID command, described above.
Uses <<VNETSwProfCfgEntry>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
Parameter Default Use

addServerSelect N/A Indicates which DNA server is used. Select from
nas-only, vncs-only, nas-then-vncs, and vncs-
then-nas.
5-27
autoCallNumber 0 Allows the preselection of a fixed destination (ex-

tension number) within the network. Then, when
the local voice/fax channel goes off-hook, that ex-
tension number is automatically called.
Although outbound calls are directed to a single
destination, the local voice/fax channel may be ac-
cessed by multiple sources; when on-hook, it is
free to receive calls from other extensions within
the network, as specified by the incoming call re-
striction option.
By applying Autocall to a pair of voice/fax channels
(so that the pair will automatically call each other)
the pair will act like a forced telephone connection
in most respects, but use all matching features of
voice switching.
callNegotiation specific Not used.
closedUserGrpId 0 Operates in conjunction with the incoming and
outgoing call restriction subcommands. Used to
restrict calls to all but a select user group.
For ClosedUserGroupId, select a number be-
tween 1 and 255. Only the user group belonging to
this ID number will be able to call an extension
number or receive a call from another extension
number, if restricted. If you select 0, the call re-
strictions do not apply to any user group.
incomingCallRestr noRestr Selectively restricts incoming calls.
NoRestriction - Incoming calls will not be restrict-
ed or restriction is by class only.
CheckCUGID - Incoming calls can be received
only if the caller’s group number matches the
group number of the receiver.
CheckRestrictionClassCode - Incoming calls
are accepted only if the caller’s class number is
equal to or higher than the receiver’s class num-
ber.
CheckBothCUGandRcCode - Incoming calls will
be accepted if the caller’s group number matches
the receiver’s group number and the caller’s class
number is equal to or higher than the receiver’s
class number.
InhibitAll - All incoming calls are restricted.
outCallMode dynamic Indicates the type of call being made. Select from
dynamic or enblock-only.
5-28
outgoingCallRestr noRestr This subcommand is used to selectively restrict

outgoing calls.
NoRestriction - Outgoing calls are not restricted,
but their acceptance is subject to the restrictions
of the called number.
ClosedUserGroupCall - Outgoing calls can be
sent only by users belonging to the group speci-
fied by the closed user group subcommand.
CheckRestrictionClassCode - Outgoing calls
are restricted to destinations whose user group
number matches the caller’s.
bothCUGandRCCCall - Outgoing calls are re-
stricted to destinations whose user group number
matches the caller’s group number and whose
class number is equal to or lower than the caller’s
class number.
InhibitAll - All outgoing calls are inhibited.
restrictionClass 0 Operates with the incoming and outgoing call re-
striction subcommands, and is used to restrict
calls to all but a select class of users.
For RestrictionClass, select a number between 1
and 255. Only the users belonging to this class
number will be able to call an extension number or
receive a call from another extension number, if re-
stricted. If you select 0, the call restrictions do not
apply to any class.
txPriority 11 Defines which data type will be transmitted first
when there are different data types waiting for
transmission.
set voice systemActions

Sets the voice system action commands. System action involves either starting or stopping
loopback tests on all channels. For more information concerning the loopback tests, please
refer to the Passport 4400 T1/E1 and Digital Voice Manual, 800-1944-30.
5-29
Parameters Use
disconnect Disconnects an existing connection
loopbackTest Starts a loopback test.
terminateTest Stops a loopback test.
forceConnect. Not used.
reRegisterPhoneNum This action must be performed if your system
uses NAC/NAS for resolving network address
locations.
5-30
Utility Verbs 6
Utility verbs function as tools for navigating into and out of the CLI and for testing system
conditions.
• confirm
• download
• logout
• ping
• reset
• save
• upload
6-1
Passport 4400 CLI Reference Utility Verbs
confirm rollback
Use this command to prevent the device from resetting to the configuration data or code which
was working before changes were made.
Rollback is a service whose primary function is to prevent the device from becoming
unreachable from the rest of the network because of new configuration or code, including
delete functions. It can be enabled or disabled, and is disabled by default.
When rollback is enabled and a code or configuration bank change occurs, rollback will cause
the device to enable the timer after a reboot. Once the reboot occurs, the timer begins and the
user must confirm the rollback with the command confirm rollback confirm.
download
Used to download software from a host device to the access devoce. Used to update or change
existing software.
Command Description
base image Specify the host IP address and the remote file name con-
taining the code to be downloaded to the ethernet base
module.
t1e1 Downloads code to the T1/E1 card.
voice Downloads code to the voice modules.
voiceallchannels Downloads code to all channels on the voice modules.
voicechannels Downloads code to the specified voice channel on the des-
ignated voice module.
logout
Logs out of the CLI.
ping
Used to poll any remote unit with an IP address.
6-2
Utility Verbs Passport 4400 CLI Reference
reset
Reset allows startup with the currently configured parameters or with the factory defaults upon
reset.
reset counters
When used with counters, reset clears the counters maintained by the device.
reset counters t1e1 statistics clear

Resets the values in the T1/E1 statistics table.
reset system
Parameters Defined
cpu reset Restarts the CPU without running power-up diagnostics
or reloading configuration information.
current reset Restarts the current configuration of the system. Also
known as a warm start.
default reset Restarts the system with factory settings. Also known as
a cold start.
nac cache allLearntEntries Resets to zero all cache entries that were resolved by a
server.
rsi allEntries Resets to zero the counters in the baseRSICounterRe-
setCMd table.
t1e1 Resets the T1/E1 access module on the access device.
reset system voice
Parameters Defined
allChannels Resets the digital signal processor of all voice/fax chan-
nels.
channels Resets the digital signal processor of the specified voice/
fax channel.
CardNumber specifies the location of the voice/fax card
holding the channel to be reset.
ChannelNuumber specifies the channel number within
the selected card, ranging from 1 to 12.
Action - enter reset.
6-3
Passport 4400 CLI Reference Utility Verbs
save configuration update

The save command is used to save a parameter value modified by using the add, define or set
command. The value is saved by being placed into the configuration Flash PROM for storage.
Once a set value has been saved and the system is reset, the system will boot up with the new
value enabled.
upload
The upload command is used to transfer command data to a specified location.
upload base config default

Uploads command data to the default IP address.
upload base config specific

Uploads command data to the specified IP address.
<ServerIPAddress> : IPAddress
<RemoteFileName> : "STRING" (1..50)
6-4
Show Commands 7
Using Show
The show verb displays values for operational and configuration parameters and counters.
Show is for display purposes only. It does not change or affect the system settings.
Entry and Table

Functions beginning with show display configuration values, table values, counters and
other statistics. Many of the commands present the option of displaying values individually
or together in a table. This option is available wherever enter and table are displayed at the
CLI prompt. To choose the table format, type table at the end of the command line. To
display values individually, type entry at the end of the command line. When entry is used,
CLI will prompt for more information such as an index number or an IP address. Once the
information has been entered, CLI will display the information for the specified instance.
The following is a CLI command line where entry and table are displayed.
CLI> show wan parameter port
entry
table
Configured and Operational

Some show commands offer a choice between configured and operational settings.
Configured refers to attributes that have been entered via the CLI but are not necessarily in
use by the device. Operational refers to attributes that are currently in use the device.
The following example illustrates the difference between configured and operational
settings.
show bridge global
IPProtocol : bridged (operational)
: bridged (configured)
Now switch the IPProtocol to routed mode.
define bridge global ipProtocol routed
Command Successful
show bridge global
IPProtocol : bridged (operational)
: routed (configured)
Though the IP protocol has now been configured as routed, the Passport
4400 is still operating as a bridge.
7-1
Passport 4400 CLI Reference Show Commands
Upon resetting, the Passport 4400 loads the configured option (routing) into
its operational (active) settings.
reset system current reset
show bridge global
IPProtocol : routed (operational)
Here is a list of services available for use with show.

• arp
• bridge
• csu
• ethernet
• filters
• fr
• gcm
• icmp
• ip
• ipx
• isdn
• msm
• nac
• nas
• port
• rsi
• snmp
• system
• tcp
• tftp
• tm
• traps
• t1e1
• udp
• voice
• wan
7-2
Show Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference
show arp
Shows the arp table values for the DLCI protocol. Use table to show all indices. For a single
index, specify the IfIndex and network address.
Uses <<atTable>> in the mcmrfc1213 MIB.
<NetAddress> : IPAddress
show bridge
Shows system values for the following bridge features.
• base
• basic
• etypeFilter
• forwarding
• global
• macFilter
• misc
• parameters
• sapFilter
• spanningTree
• transparent
show bridge base port configured

Shows the parameters for the IP being bridged or routed for each IfIndex.
Uses <<nvmBrgConfPortTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.
IfIndex :
Type :
Status :
Priority :
PathCost :
MACFilter
EtypeFilter
SapFilter
MACFilterType
EtypeFilterType
SapFilterType
7-3
IfIndex IfIndex that is affected by the following filters. This is the selection
criteria for an entry listing.
Type The type of interface this port is attached to. Valid choices are
ethernet, wan, frame relay and internet.
Status Status of the port as enabled or disabled.
Priority Port priority contained in the first octet of the Port ID. The port ID
is composed of the priority and the IfIndex of the port. It is used
with spanning tree information.
PathCost The path cost added to any path that includes this port.
MACFilter These three filters are associated with the bridging mode. Their
default is disabled.
EtypeFilter
SapFilter
MACFilterType These three objects indicate whether the filter is set to inclusive
or exclusive. Filters set to inclusive filter out the selected
EtypeFilterType
information. Filters set to exclusive filter out everything except
SapFilterType the selected information.
show bridge base port operational

Shows the parameters for the IP being bridged or routed for each IfIndex.
Uses <<mcmBrgConfPortTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.
IfIndex : 1
ProtocolPointAccess : 0
Type : ethernet
IfIndex IfIndex that is affected by the following filters. This is the

selection criteria for an entry listing.
ProtocolPointAccess The protocol point of access to this IfIndex.
Type The type of interface this port is attached to. Valid choices are
ethernet, wan, frame relay and internet.
Status Status of the port as enabled or disabled.
Priority Port priority contained in the first octet of the Port ID. The port
ID is composed of the priority and the IfIndex of the port. It is
used with spanning tree information.
7-4
PathCost The path cost added to any path that includes this port.
MACFilter These three filters are associated with the bridging mode.
Their default is disabled.
EtypeFilter
SapFilter
MACFilterType These three objects indicate whether the filter is set to
inclusive or exclusive. Filters set to inclusive filter out the
EtypeFilterType
selected information. Filters set to exclusive filter out
SapFilterType everything except the selected information.
show bridge basic port entry/table

Shows bridge management information.
Port : 1
IfIndex : 1
PortCircuit : 0.0.0
DelayExDiscards : 0
MtuExDiscards : 0
port The number of the port containing this bridge management

information.
IfIndex The IfIndex for this port.
PortCircuit An instance unique to this port when this port has the same
value as another port on the same bridge. When this port
has a unique value, this object shows a value of 0.
DelayExDiscards The number of frames discarded by this port due to
excessive transit delay through the bridge.
MtuExDiscards The number of frames discarded by this port due to an
excessive size.
show bridge etypeFilter configured/operational entry/table

Shows port-specific information for the access device E-type Filter.
Uses <<nvmBrgEtFilterTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.
PortIndex Index for the port.

FilterNumber Filter number associated with the port.
FilterStatus Indicates whether the filter is specified as a single e-type or
as a range of e-types.
FilterEType The singular e-type to be filtered. This object is valid only
when FilterStatus is singular.
7-5
UpperRange The upper range of the e-type to be filtered. Range is

between 1536 - 65535.
LowerRange The lower range of the e-type to be filtered. Range is
between 1536 - 65535.
show bridge forward entry/table

The bridge has forwarding or filtering information about the unicast entries shown here. This
information is used by the transparent bridging function in determining how to propagate a
received frame.
Uses <<dot1dTpFdbTable>> in the mcmrfc1493 MIB.
Address Port Status

00:60:38:05:01:6 1 self
address A unicast MAC address.

port A frame having a specified source address was seen on the
port identified here. A value of '0' indicates that this port
number has not been learned but that the bridge does have
some information about this address.
status Status of this entry.
• invalid - this entry is no longer valid.
• other - some wrong criteria was used to determine how
frames addressed to the the corresponding instance are
forwarded.
• learned - the value of the corresponding instance was
learned and is being used.
• mgmt - the value of the corresponding instance is also
a value of this address.
• self - the value of the corresponding instance
represents one of the bridge’s addresses.
show bridge global

Shows the parameters set by the global parameter group and their status.
Uses <<BridgeGlobalParamGroup>> in the mcmbrg MIB.
IPProtocol : routed (operational)

SpanningTree : enabled (operational)
: enabled (configured)
ArpSpoofing : disabled (operational)
: disabled (configured)
7-6
AgingTime : 300 (operational)

: 300 (configured)
IP Protocol IP is shown as being bridged or routed.

SpanningTree Shows the current state of the spanning tree algorithm on
the access device.
ArpSpoofing IP-ARP spoofing -when enabled,allows the access device to
intercept most ARP bcasts and handle them locally.
AgingTime Aging time in seconds for dynamically learned devices in the
forwarding table.
show bridge macFilter configured/operational entry/table

Shows port specific information about the access device’s MAC filter including source and
destination.
Uses <<BrgMacFilterTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.

show bridge misc

Shows current status of the miscellaneous bridge parameters listed here.
Uses <<BrgMiscParamGroup>> in the mcmbrg MIB.
DebugStatus : disabled (operational)

SpanDebugStatus : disabled (operational)
SpoofCacheAge : 300 (operational)
: 300 (configured)
SpoofThresholdAge : 15 (operational)
: 15 (configured)
SpoofThreshold : 5 (operational)
: 5 (configured)
DebugStatus The access device’s capability to debug some bridge status.

Shown as enabled or disabled.
SpanDebugStatus The access device’s capability to debug the spanning tree
algorithm. Shown as enabled or disabled.
7-7
SpoofCacheAge The aging time for entries in the ARP spoof cache table to
make room for active entries. Shown in seconds, range
(60..1800).
SpoofThresholdAge The aging time for the ARP spoofcache threshold. Shown in
seconds, range (60 .. 1800).
SpoofThreshold The ARP spoof threshold count. Defines the maximum
number of consecutive outstanding ARP request per
destination node. Range (5..30).
show bridge parameters

Shows the current status of the bridge system parameters.
Uses <<Dog1dBase>> in the rfc1493 MIB.
BridgeAddress : 00:60:38:05:01:63
NumOfPorts :2
Type : transparent_only
BridgeAddress The MAC address used by this bridge when it must be

referred to by a unique value.
NumOfPorts The number of ports controlled by this bridging entity.
Type Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform.
Variables are transparent only, source route and unknown.
show bridge sapFilter configured/operational entry/table

Shows information maintained by each access device port about the SAPfilter parameters.
Uses <<nvmBrgSapFilterTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.
FilterPortIndex The port index for this entry.

FilterNumber The filter number associated with this port index.
FilterStatus Indicates whether the filter is specified as a single e-type or
as a range of e-types. Variables are singular and range.
FilterEType The singular e-type to be filtered. This object is valid only
when the value of FilterStatus (above) is singular.
FilterUpperRange The upper range of the e-type to be filtered. This object is
valid only when the value of FilterStatus (above) is range.
Range (0..65535)
FilterLowerRange The lower range of the e-type to be filtered. This object is
valid only when the value of FilterStatus (above) is range.
Range (0..65535)
7-8
show bridge spanningTree parameters

Shows spanning tree parameter values when the access device is set to support the spanning
tree protocol.
Uses <<dot1dStp>> in the rfc1493 MIB.
ProtocolSpec : ieee8021d (operational)

Priority : 32768 (operational)
: 32768 (configured)
TimeSinceTopChang : 00Years 000Days 00:01:29 (operational)
TopologyChanges : 0 (operational)
DesignatedRoot : 80:00:00:60:38:05:01:63 (operational)
RootCost : 128 (operational)
RootPort : 0 (operational)
MaxAge : 2000 (operational)
HelloTime : 200 (operational)
HoldTime : 100 (operational)
ForwardDelay : 1500 (operational)
MaxAge : 2000 (operational)
: 2000 (configured)
HelloTime : 200 (operational)
: 200 (configured)
FwdDelay : 1500 (operational)
: 1500 (configured)
ProtocolSpec Shows the version of the spanning tree protocol.

• decLb100 indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 spanning
tree protocol.
• ieee8021d indicates the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree
protocol
Priority The first two octets of the 8 octet bridge ID. Range (0..65545)
TimeSinceTopChange The time (in hundredths of a second) since the last topology
change was detected by the bridge entity.
TopologyChanges The total number of topology changes detected by this bridge
since the management entity was last reset or initialized.
DesignatedRoot The bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as deter-
mined by protocol of this access device. This value is used as
the root identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs
originated by this node.
RootCost The cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge.
7-9
RootPort The port number of the port which offers the lowest cost path
from this bridge to the root bridge.
MaxAge The maximum age of spanning tree protocol information
learned from the network on any port before it is discarded.
Units are hundredths of a second.
HelloTime The amount of time between the transmission of configuration
bridge PDUs by this node. Applies to any port when it is the
root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. Units
are hundredths of a second.
HoldTime The length of time during which no more than two configuation
bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node. Units are hun-
dredths of a second.
ForwardDelay Time value that shows how fast a port changes its spanning
state when moving towards the forwarding state. This value
determines how long the port stays in each of the listening and
learning states, which precede the forwarding state. Units are
hundredths of a second.
MaxAge Time value that all bridges use for MaxAge when this bridge is
acting as the root. Units are hundredths of a second.
HelloTime Time value that all bridges use for HelloTime when this bridge
is acting as the root. Units are hundredths of a second.
FwdDelay Time value that all bridges use for ForwardDelay when this
bridge is acting as the root. Units are hundredths of a second.
show bridge spanningtree port entry/table

Shows port-specific information about the spanning tree protocol.
Uses <<dot1dStpPortTable>> in the rfc1493 MIB.
IfIndex : 1 (operational)
Priority : 128 (operational)
: 128 (configured)
State : forwarding (operational)
Status : enabled (operational)
PathCost : 100 (operational)
: 100 (configured)
DesignatedRoot : 80:00:00:40:c5:10:17:22 (operational)
DesignatedCost : 0 (operational)
DesignatedBridge : 80:00:00:40:c5:10:17:22 (operational)
DesignatedPort : 0 (operational)
FwdTransitions : 1 (operational)
7-10
IfIndex IfIndex for this port.

Priority The value of the priority field. This value is equal to the first oc-
tet of the two octet long port ID.
State The current state of this port as defined by the spanning tree
protocol.
Status The enabled or disabled status of the port.
PathCost The amount this port adds to the path cost of the spanning tree
root. Range (1..65535).
DesignatedRoot The ID of the bridge recorded as the root.
DesignatedCost The path cost of the designated port of the segment connect-
ed to this port.
DesignatedBridge ID of the bridge that this port considers sees as the designated
bridge for this port segment.
DesignatedPort ID of the port on the eesignated bridge for this port segment.
FwdTransitions The number of times this port has transitioned from the learn-
ing state to the forwarding state.
show bridge transparent parameters

Shows the current values of the parameters listed here.
Uses <<dot1dTp>> in the rfc1493 MIB.
LearnEntryDiscards :0 AgingTime : 300
LearnEntryDiscards The number of forwarding entries discarded due to a lack of

space. If this counter is increasing, the forwarding database is
becoming full on a regular basis. If this counter has a signifi-
cant value but is not presently increasing the problem has
been occurring but is not persistent.
AgingTime The timeout period in seconds for aging out dynamically
learned forwarding information.
show bridge transparent port entry/table

Shows the current values of the objects listed here for each port.
Uses <<dot1dTpPortTable>> in the rfc1493 MIB.
IfIndex MaxInfo RxFrames TxFrames RxDiscards

1 1530 0 3 0
2 1530 0 133096 0
3 1530 0 0 0
7-11

MaxInfo The maximum size of the "Info" field (non-MAC) that this port
will receive or transmit.
RxFrames The number of frames that have been received by this port
from its segment.
TxFrames The number of frames that have bee transmitted by this port to
its segment.
RxDiscards The number of valid frames received that were discarded (fil-
tered) by the forwarding process.
show csu
Shows the channel service unit values for the specified line type.
• 56k
• e1t1
• e1status
• t1status
show csu 56K

Shows the configuration parameters that identify a 56K line with its corresponding profile.
• configuration
• status
show csu56K configuration entry/table

Shows values in the 56K CSU configuration table.
Uses <<mcm56kCsuCfgTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.
IfIndex The IfIndex value of the specifc 56K CSU entry.

OperatingMode Shows the 56K CSU operating mode.
• dds-pri-4Wire-56k
• dds-sc-WithSecondaryChannel-72k
• cc-64k-ClearChannel-64k
• dds-pri-2Wire-56k
ClockingSource Indicates the clocking source as internal or external.
7-12
TxOutOfFrame Shows the transmission of the 56K CSU Out-Of-Frame se-

quence.
• normal - DDS-PRI mode
• transmit - DDS-SC mode.
TxOutOfService Shows the transmission of the 56K CSU Out-Of-Service se-
quence.
• normal - DDS-PRI mode
• transmit - DDS-SC mode.
TxControlModeIdle Shows transmission of the 56K CSU Control Mode Idle se-
quence.
• normalTransmitCondition
• transmitControlModeIdle
ZeroSuppressDisable Shows the 56K CSU zero suppression disable transmit mode.
• normal - Zero Suppression for DDS-PRI mode
• zeroSuppressionDisable - transmission of all zeros for
DDS-SC mode.
TxIdle Shows the transmission of the 56K CSU Control Mode Idle se-
quence.
• normalTransmitCondition
• transmitControlModeIdle
CSULoopback Shows if the 56K CSU is in a loopback mode.
• normalReceiveCondition
• forceCSUtoLoopback
FilterForceEnable Shows if the 56K CSU has filter forcing enabled or not.
• normalReceiveCondition
• filterForceEnable
FilterForceCntl Shows the 56K CSU filter gain value if filter force is enabled.
show csu56K status entry/table

Shows the 56K CSU status and statistics table
Uses <<6kCsuStatusTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.
IfIndex The IfIndex value of the specifc 56K CSU entry.

LineStatus Shows the 56K CSU line status. Variables are operational,
linkdown and testMode.
7-13
RxLossofSignal Shows if the 56K CSU receiver has lost signal. Variables are
yes and no.
FAWSync Shows the 56K CSU DDS FAW Sync in DDS-SC or CC-64K.
Variables are yes and no.
LoopPresent Shows if the 56K CSU loop is currently present. Variables are
yes and no.
InsertLossLingLength Shows the 56 CSU receiver Insertion loss (iL) in db, and Line
Length (LL) in kilometers.
RxSignalMag Shows the 56K CSU receive signal magnitude expressed as
the 'receiver slicer level'.
InvalidBPVCounts Shows the 56K CSU invalid BPV (Bipolar Violation) count.
Note that this is an 8-bit counter.
show csu e1t1

Shows the configuration parameters that identify a t1 line with its corresponding profile.
• configuration
• controlRegister
show csu e1t1 configuration (entry/table)

Shows the T1/E1 CSU Configuration table.
Uses <<mxmT1E1CsuCfgTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.
These values are set with the set csu e1t1 command as described in Chapter 5 of this
manual.
IfIndex IfIndex value for this entry.

LineType Line type as T1 CSU or E1 CSU.
LineSpeed Current line speed.
LineBuildout Cable length attached to the local line.
TxIdleCode Transmit idle code.
TxRxClkSource Shows the transmit clocking source as internal or external.
DS0BasicRate Shows the line speed as a multiple of the specified basic rate.
LocalLoopback Shows the local loopback feature as enabled or disabled.
RemoteLoopback Shows the remote loopback feature as enabled or disabled.
FramerLoopback Shows the framer loopback feature as enabled or disabled.
TrapEnable Shows whether CSU traps are enabled or disabled.
7-14
FrameFmt Shows frame format for the T1 CSU line. This value is not used
for E1.
• D4 - AKA superframe. Framing type used on T1 circuits.
SF consists of 12 frames of 192 bits each with the 193rd
bit providing error checking.
• ESF - extended super frame. Framing type used on T1
circuits that consists of 24 frames of 192 bits each with the
193rd bit providing timing. An enhanced version of D4.
TxRx0CodeSuppress Shows 8-bit zero code suppression as enabled or disabled.
TxB7ZeroSuppress Shows 7-bit zero code suppression as enabled or disabled.
PayloadLoopback Shows the payload T1 CSU loopback. as enabled or disabled.
The payload loopback is used to set up a loopback on the local
node to support testing ports on another node. The incoming
payload is looped back out of the function processor. During
the test, the physical level frames are terminated and the pay-
load data is looped over the link controller device.The payload
loopback is not a test, and does not produce test results for the
local node.
TransmitLoopUp Shows the T1 CSU transmit loop up as enabled or disabled.
TransmitLoopDown Shows the T1 CSU transmit loop down as enabled or disabled.
TxRxHDB3 Shows the E1 CSU HDB3 as enabled or disabled.
TxRxCRC4 Shows the transmit, receive CRC-4 as enabled or disabled.
DS0Connection Shows the value of the DS0 connection. Valid characters are
decimals, digits, comma and hyphen. For example 1, 3, 14
means ds0 channel 1, ds0 channel 3 and ds0 channel 14. An-
other example, 5-11 means ds0 channel 5 through ds0 chan-
nel 11.
show csu e1t1 controlRegister (entry/table)

Shows the T1/E1 CSU control status parameters for registers 1 through 10 for the specified
IfIndex.
Uses <<T1E1 CsuCntl1RegStatusTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.
IfIndex The T1E1 CSU status interface index value of the specified
entry.
StatusCntlReg1 Shows RCR1, the value of Receive Control Register 1 for the
specified T1/E1 CSU line type.
StatusCntlReg2 Shows RCR2, the value of Receive Control Register 2 for the
7-15
StatusCntlReg3 Shows TCR1, the value of Transmit Control Register 1 for the
StatusCntlReg4 Shows TCR2, the value of Transmit Control Register 2 for the
StatusCntlReg5 Shows CCR1, the value of Common Control Register 1 for the
StatusCntlReg8 For a T1 CSU line type, this object shows the value of the
LICR, Line Interface Control Register.
For an E1 CSU line type, this object shows the value of CCR4,
Common Control Register 4.
StatusCntlReg9 For an E1 CSU line type, this object shows the value of CCR5,
the Common Control Register 5.
For a T1 CSU interface, this object is not used.
StatusCntlReg10 For an E1 CSU line type, this object indicates the value of
LICR,Line Interface Control Register.
For a T1 CSU interface, this object is not used.
show csu e1status (entry/table)

Shows E1 CSU status parameters.
Uses <<E1CsuGenStatusTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.
IfIndex IfIndex for the specified E1 CSU entry.

LineStatus Shows the status of the E1 CSU line as operational, in test
mode or in alarm mode.
RedAlarm Shows the E1 CSU red alarm status. Includes both receive
carrier loss and receive loss of sync.
RemoteAlarm Shows the E1 CSU remote alarm status. Includes both receive
remote alarm and receive distant MF alarm.
AISAlarm Shows the E1 CSU AIS Alarm status.
RxCarrierLoss Shows the E1 CSU receive carrier loss status.
RxSyncLoss Shows the E1 CSU receive loss of sync status.
7-16
TxElasStrFull Shows the E1 CSU transmit elastic store full status. Shows
that the E1 CSU transmit side elastic store buffer is full and a
frame is deleted.
TxElasStrEmpty Shows the E1 CSU transmit elastic store empty status. This in-
dicates that the E1 CSU transmit side elastic store buffer emp-
ties and a frame is repeated.
RxElasStrFull Shows the E1 CSU receive elastic store full status. This indi-
cates that the E1 CSU receive side elastic store buffer is full
and a frame is deleted.
RxElasStrEmpty Shows the E1 CSU receive elastic store empty status. This in-
dicates that the E1 CSU receive side elastic store buffer emp-
ties and a frame is repeated.
BpvOrLnCdViolations Shows the number of E1 CSU line code violations. Bipolar vi-
olation counts if HDB3 is disabled. Code violation counts if
HDB3 is enabled. Note that this is a 16-bit counter.
FASErrors Shows the number of E1 CSU FAS error counts. FAS error
counts record word errors in the frame alignment signal in
timeslot 0. Note that this is a 12-bit counter.
CRC4Errors Shows the number of E1 CSU CRC4 error counts. This object
is only applicable when CRC4 is enabled. Note that this is a
10-bit counter.
show csu t1status (entry/table)

Shows T1 CSU status parameters.
Uses <<mcmT1CsuGenStatusTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.
IfIndex Shows the T1 CSU general status interface index value of the
specified entry.
LineStatus Shows the status of the T1 CSU line as operational, in test
mode or in alarm mode.
RedAlarm Shows the T1 CSU red alarm status. Includes both receive
carrier loss and receive loss of sync.
YellowAlarm Shows theT1 CSU yellow alarm status.
BlueAlarm Shows theT1 CSU blue alarm status.
RxLevel Shows the T1 CSU line receive level status.
RxElasStrFull Shows the T1 CSU receive elastic store full status.
RxElasStrEmpty Shows the T1 CSU receive elastic store empty status.
RxPlsDensViolate Shows the T1 CSU receive pulse density violation status.
TxPlsDensViolate Shows the T CSU transmit pulse density violation status.
7-17
RxCarrierLoss Shows the T1 CSU receive carrier loss status.

RxSyncLoss Shows the T1 CSU receive loss of sync status.
LnCdViolations Shows the number of T1 CSU line code violations. Note that
this is a 16-bit counter.
RxLoopUpCdDetect Shows the T1 CSU receive loop up code status.
RxLoopDnCdDetect Shows the T1 CSU receive loop down code status.
show ethernet statistics

Shows the values held in the ethernet statistics table.
Uses <<do3StatsTable>> in the rfc1398 MIB.
IfIndex : 1
AlignmentErrors : 0
FCSErrors : 0
SingleCollFrames : 0
MultipleCollFrames : 0
SQETestErrors : 0
TxDeferred : 0
LateCollisions : 0
ExcessiveCollisions : 0
InternalMACTxErrors : 0
CarrierSenseErrors : 266471
FrameTooLongs : 0
RxInternalMACErrors : 0
7-18

AlignmentErrors The number of frames received on this interface that do not
pass the FCS check. This object is incremented when the
alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the
LLC or other MAC user.
FCSErrors The number of frames received on this interface that do not
pass the FCS check. This object is incremented when the
frameCheckError status is returned by the MAC service to
the LLC or other MAC user.
SingleCollFrames The number of successfully transmitted frames on this inter-
face for which transmission is inhibited by exactly one colli-
sion.
MultipleCollFrames The number of successfully transmitted frames on this inter-
face for which transmission is inhibited by more than one
collision.
SQETestErrors The number of times that SQE test error message is gener-
ated by the PLS sublayer for this interface.
TxDeferred The number of frames for which the first transmission at-
tempt on this interface is delayed because the medium is
busy. This count does not include frames involved in colli-
sions.
LateCollisions The number of times that a collision is detected on this inter-
face later than 512 bit-times into the transmission of a pack-
et. Five hundred and twelve bit-times corresponds to 51.2
microseconds.
ExcessiveCollisions The number of frames for which transmission on this inter-
face fails due to excessive collisions.
InternalMACTxErrors The number of frames for which transmission on this inter-
face fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error.
CarrierSenseErrors The number of times that the carrier sense condition was
lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame
on this interface.
FrameTooLongs The number of frames received on this interface that exceed
the maximum permitted frame size.
RxInternalMACErrors A count of frames for which reception on this interface fails
due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error.
show filters ip
Shows the current status of the IP filters. The IP filters are grouped as shown here.
• fwd
• ospf
• rip
7-19
show filters ip fwd

Shows the status of IP forwarding filters. Specify port to show filters for the active port.
Specify system to show filters for the system.
• port
• system
show filters ip fwd port

Specify incoming or outgoing filters. These are shown as configured or operational.
show filters ip fwd port incoming configured/operational table

Uses <<nvmIpFwdPortInFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.
PortNo The port associated with this filter entry.

InFltrMask The source/destination address mask associated with this
filter entry. This provides an IP address range for a match.
InFltrAddr The source/destination address associated with this filter
entry.
InFltrProtId The protocol type associated with this filter entry.
InFltrPortId The TCP/UDP port number associated with this filter entry.
InFltrScrDst Source or destination IP address in the IP packet to be com-
pared for filter matching.
InFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.
• forward - forward the IP packet
• discard - discard the IP packet
• invalid - used to delete filter entry
show filters ip fwd port outgoing configured/operational table

Uses <<nvmIpFdwPortOutFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.
PortNo The port associated with this filter entry.

OutFltrMask The source/destination address mask associated with this
filter entry. This provides an IP address range for a match.
OutFltrAddr The source/destination address associated with this filter
entry.
OutFltrProtId The protocol type associated with this filter entry.
OutFltrPortId The TCP/UDP port number associated with this filter entry.
7-20
OutFltrScrDst Source or destination IP address in the IP packet to be com-

pared for filter matching.
OutFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.
show filters ip fwd system (configured/operational) table

Ip forwarding system filter objects are shown as configured or operational.
Uses <<nvmInSysFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.
FltrDstMask Destination address mask associated with this filter entry.

This value is to provide an IP address range for a match.
FltrDstAddr The destination address associated with this filter entry. If
the destination address in the IP packet matches this togeth-
er with other patterns in the filter entry, then the IP packet is
filtered.
FltrSrcMask The source address mask associated with this filter entry.
This is to provide IP address range for a match.
FltrSrcAddr The source address associated with this filter entry. If the
source address in the IP packet matches this together with
other patterns in the filter entry, then the IP packet is filtered.
FltrProtId The protocol type associated with this filter entry. If the pro-
tocol type in the IP packet matches this together with other
patterns in the filter entry, then the IP packet is filtered.
FltrPortId The TCP/UDP port number associated with this filter entry.
If the destination TCP/UDP port number in the IP packet
matches this together with other patterns in the filter entry,
then the IP packet is filtered.
FltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.
show filters ip ospf (configured/operational) table

Shows the status of the "open shortest path first" filters. Specify either configured or
operational filters.
Uses <<mcmIpOspfOutFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.
7-21
OspfOutFltrMask Shows the network mask associated with this filter entry.
This is to provide a network range for a match.
OspfOutFltrAddr The network address associated with this filter entry.
OspfOutFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.
• forward - forward the RIP from the gateway
• discard - discard the RIP from the gateway
show filters ip rip

Shows the status of the rip filters. Specify whether to show filters provisioned for gateway,
incoming or outgoing functions.
• gateway
• incoming
• outgoing
show filters rip gateway (configured/operational) table

Shows the status of the rip gateway filters.
Uses <<nvmIpRipGwyFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.
RipGwyFltrMask Shows the gateway mask associated with this filter entry.
This is to provide a gateway range for a match.
RipGwyFltrAddr The gateway associated with this filter entry.
RipGwyFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.
• forward - process the RIP from the gateway.
• discard - discard the RIP from the gateway.
• invalid - used to delete a filter entry.
show filters rip incoming (configured/operational) table

Shows the status of the rip incoming filters.
Uses <<nvmIpRipInFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.
RipInFltrMask Shows the network mask associated with this filter entry.
7-22
RipInFltrAddr The network address associated with this filter entry. Routes
in the incoming RIP which match the specific address will be
filtered.
RipInFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.
• forward - process the routing entry in the incoming RIP.
• discard - suppress the entry in case of a match.
show filters rip outgoing (configured/operational) table

Shows the status of the rip outgoing filters.
Uses <<nvmIpRipOutFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.
RipOutFltrMask Shows the network mask associated with this filter entry.
RipOutFltrAddr The network address associated with this filter entry. Routes
in the outgoing RIP with this address will be filtered.
RipOutFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.
• forward - advertise the route in case of a match.
• discard - suppress the entry in case of a match.
show fr
Shows frame relay values, parameters and statistics.
• errorUser
• line
• port
• switch
• system
• tunnel
• voice
show fr errorUser
Shows the table describing errors encountered on each frame relay interface. One entry for
each physical interface is shown.
Uses <<frErrTable>> in the rfc1315 MIB.
IfIndex :11
Type :noErrorSinceReset
Data :" "
Time :00Years 000Days 00:00:00
7-23
IfIndex Shows the IfIndex for the specified port.

Type Shows the last error seen on this interfacesince bootup. This
error is not maintained between bootups.)
Data Shows an octet string containing as much of the error pack-
et as possible. As a minimum, it will contain the Q.922 ad-
dress or as much as was delivered.
Time Shows the sysUpTime value at the time the error was de-
tected.
show fr line
Shows parameters that determine the physical frame relay connections.
• network
• user
show fr line network

Shows characteristics of the physical ports that are used for frame relay pass-through
operation. The following options are displayed when the show fr line network command is
entered.
• proprietaryService
• pvcSignaling
• rfc1604Service
For each of these options, you can view configured or operational parameters. The tables
below contains only the first IfIndex entry in each table.
show fr line network proprietaryService (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrService ParamTable>> in the mcmfrdce MIB.
IfIndex :162
FlowControl :disabled
InfoRateAdjInterval :1
ConsecutiveFrames :10
RateEnforcement :disabled
MaxTxFrameSize :1604
MaxRxFrameSize :1604
TxBc :0
RxBc :0
TxBe :0
RxBe :0
TxThroughput :0
7-24
RxThroughtput :0
PVCLMIStatus :up
IfIndex The ifIndex of the local physical interface.

FlowControl The flow control for outbound data — enabled or disabled.
InfoRateAdjInterval The time interval used to increase or decrease the
transmission rate, depending on the number of frames
received with the FECN (forward explicit congestion
notification) bit either cleared (for increase) or set (for
decrease).
ConsecutiveFrames The number of consecutive frames received with the BECN
(backward explicit congestion notification) bit set before
reduction of the transmit rate.
RateEnforcement Shows the rate enforcement parameter for frame relay
congestion management processing to enabled or disabled.
MaxTxFrameSize The maximum transmission frame relay packet size (in bytes)
for this logical port.
MaxRxFrameSize The maximum receive frame relay packet size (in bytes) for
this logical port.
TxBc The transmission committed burst size (in bits per sec). for
this logical port.
RxBc The receive committed burst size (in bits per sec.) for this
logical port.
TxBe The transmission excess burst size (in bits per sec.) for this
logical port.
RxBe The receive excess burst size (in bits per sec.) for this logical
port.
TxThroughput The transmission committed information rate (CIR) (in bits
per sec.) for this logical port.
RxThroughput The receive committed information rate (CIR) (in bits per
sec.) for this logical port.
PVCLMIStatus The status of the PVC local management interface (LMI) —
up or down.
show fr line network pvcSignaling (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrMgtVCSignalTable>> in the mcmrfc1604 MIB.
IfIndex : 161
Procedure : u2net
NetN392 : 3
NetN393 : 3
7-25
NetN392 : 15
NetLinkRelErrors : 6
NetProtocolErrors : 0
NetChannelInactive : 0
IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay DCE interface.

Procedure The local in-channel signaling procedure that is used for this
logical port. Valid values are u2nnet and bi-direct.
NetN392 The network-side N392 error threshold value for this logical
port. This applies to Q.933 Annex A, T1.617 Annex D, and
LMI. If this logical port is not performing network-side
procedures, this field will display noSuchName.
NetN393 The network-side N393 monitored events count value for this
logical port. This applies to Q.933 Annex A, T1.617 Annex D,
and LMI. If this logical port is not performing network-side
NetT392 The network-side T392 polling verification timer value for this
logical port. This applies to Q.933 Annex A, T1.617 Annex D,
and LMI. If this logical port is not performing network-side
NetLinkRelErrors The number of network-side local in-channel signaling link
reliability errors for this logical port. These errors are
indicated by non-receipt of Status/Status Enquiry messages
or invalid sequence numbers in a Link Integrity Verification
Information Element. If this logical port is not performing
network-side procedures, this field will display noSuchName.
NetProtocolErrors The number of network-side local in-channel signaling
protocol errors for this logical port. Types include protocol
discriminator, message type, call reference, and mandatory
information element errors. If this logical port is not
performing network-side procedures, this field will display
noSuchName.
NetChannelInactive The number of times the network-side channel was declared
inactive. If this logical port is not performing network-side
show fr line network rfc1604Service (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrLportTable>> in the mcmrfc1604 MIB.
IfIndex : 161
NumberPlan : none
PortType : uni
AddressLength : twoOctets10Bits
VcSignalProtocol : ansiT1617-D-1994
7-26
IfIndex The ifIndex of the local Frame Relay DCE interface. (ifIndex
161 corresponds to the local DCE interface for Port 1 of Data
Expansion Module 1.)
NumberPlan The network address numbering plan for this UNI logical port.
Valid responses are x121, e164, other, and none. None
implies that there is no ifPhysAddress for this interface. Other
indicates that an address has been assigned to this interface,
but the numbering plan is not enumerated here.
PortType The type of network interface (UNI or NNI) for this logical
port.
AddressLength The Q.922 address field length and DLCI length for this
logical port.
VCSignalProtocol The local in-channel signaling protocol used for this logical
port.
show fr line user

Shows LMI parameters, performance statistics and other characteristics of the connections
between the device and the ILS core router service on the frame relay switch.
• baseDLCMI
• basePVCLMI
• baseSVCLMI
• dlcmiPVC
• dlcmiSVC
• mpanlLMI
• pvcLMI
show fr line user baseDLCMI configured (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrPhyPortTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
IfIndex 9
TxInfoRateAdjust : disabled
InfoRateAdjInterval : 1
InfoRateAdjTriggNum : 10
TxThroughput : 64000
RxThroughput : 0
TxMaxFrameSize : 1604
RxMaxFrameSize : 1604
RateEncorcement : Unknown
TxBc : 0
RxBc : 0
7-27
TxBe : 0
RxBe : 0
IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (IfIndex 155
corresponds to the frame relay portion of the local DTE
interface at Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.)
TxInfoRateAdjust Delta time interval to increase or decrease the transmit rate
by monitoring the number of frames received or transmitted
with the FECN bit cleared or set.
InfoRateAdjInterval The number of seconds during which received frames are
checked to see whether the FECN bit is set or cleared. The
transmit rate is adjusted based on the number FECN bits set
or cleared during this interval. The range is from 1 to 255
seconds. The default is 1.
InfoRateAdjTriggNum Number of consecutive frames that must have BECN bit set
before reducing transmit rate.
TxThroughput The transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.
RxThroughput The receive CIR expressed in bits/sec.
TxMaxFrameSize The maximum transmission FR packet size expressed in
bytes.
RxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive FR packet size expressed in bytes.
RateEnforcement The rate enforcement enabled or disabled parameter for FR
congestion management processing.
TxBc The transmission committed burst size expressed in bits.
RxBc The receive committed burst size expressed in bits.
TxBe The transmission excess burst size expressed in bits.
RxBe The receive excess burst size expressed in bits.
show fr line user baseDLCMI operational (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrPhyPortTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
IfIndex 155
FlowControl disabled
InfoRateAdjInterval :1
ConsecutiveFrames 10
ConnectTime 00Years 000Days
00:00:00
TxLMI 503228
RxLMI 458300
HeaderErrorRx 0
7-28
InvalidDLCIRx 0
ShortFramesRx 0
LongFramesRx 0
IgnoredFramesRx 0
XIDExpirations 0
TxExpirations 0
PVCLMIStatus up
ActivePanlDlciSvc 0
RxActivations 1
TxDeactivations 1
RxOkAcks 0
RxErrAcks 0
RxUnknowns 0
RxErrors 0
RxOctets 0
TxOctets 0
TxThroughput 64000
RxThroughput 0
TxMaxFrameSize 1604
RxMaxFrameSize 1604
RateEnforcement Unknown
TxBc 0
RsBc 0
TxBe 0
RxBe 0
DataFrames 0
IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (IfIndex

155 corresponds to the frame relay portion of the local
DTE interface at Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.)
FlowControl Indicates whether or not rate enforcement will allow
frames exceeding the CIR rate to be discarded during
periods of heavy congestion. The default is disabled.
InfoRateAdjInterval The number of seconds during which received frames
are checked to see whether the FECN bit is set or
cleared. The transmit rate is adjusted based on the
number FECN bits set or cleared during this interval.
The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 1.
7-29
ConsecutiveFrames The number of consecutive frames that will be

received with the BECN bit set before the transmit
rate is reduced. The range is from 1 to 100 frames.
The default is 10.
ConnectTime The value of sysUpTime when this port was created.
TxLMI The number of PVC LMI frames sent on this physical
port (DLCI 0).
RxLMI The number of PVC LMI frames received on this
physical port (DLCI 0).
HeaderErrorRx The number of frames received with an incomplete or
missing address field.
InvalidDLCIRx The number of frames received on an unassigned or
invalid DLCI number.
ShortFramesRx The number of short frames received.
LongFramesRx The number of frames that were received that were
longer than the WAN MTU size.
IgnoredFramesRx The number of frames received that were ignored
(meaning they contained an unknown error).
XIDExpirations The number of XID TM21 timer expirations. (Valid
only if MTU negotiation is enabled.)
TxExpirations The status of PVC LMI (up or down).
PVCLMIStatus The number of PVC LMI frames sent on this physical
port (DLCI 0).
ActivePanlDlciSVC Number of active PANL DLCI SVCs on this interface.
RxActivations Number of activations received on this interface.
RxDeactivations Number of deactivations received on this interface.
RxOkAcks Number of OK ACK messages received on this
interface.
RxErrAcks Number of Error ACK messages received on this
interface.
RxUnknowns Number of Unknown messages received on this
interface.
RxErrors Number of Error messages received on this interface.
RxOctets Number of data bytes received.
TxOctets Number of data bytes sent.
TxThroughput The transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.
RxThroughput The receive CIR expressed in bits/sec.
TxMaxFrameSize The maximum transmission FR packet size
expressed in bytes.
7-30
RxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive FR packet size expressed in

bytes.
RateEnforcement The rate enforcement parameter for FR congestion
management processing.
TxBc The transmission committed burst size expressed in
bits.
RsBc The receive committed burst size expressed in bits.
TxBe The transmission excess burst size expressed in bits.
RxBe The receive excess burst size expressed in bits.
DataFrames Total number of data frames on all assigned DLCIs.
show fr line user basePVCLMI (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrPVCPhyTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
IfIndex : 149
LMIMode : unidte
Bidirectional : false
IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay DTE interface. IfIndex 155
corresponds to the frame relay port of the local DTE interface
at Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.
LMIMode Indicates whether the local PVC LMI is operating in DTE or
DCE mode. The default setting is unidte (unidirectional DTE).
Bidirectional Indicates whether the PVC LMI will send both status inquiries
and status reports. The default is false.
show fr line user baseSVCLMI (configured/operational) table

Uses <<mvmFrSVCPhyTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
IfIndex : 9
Type : q933svc
T303 : 4
T305 : 30
T308 : 4
T310 : 60
MaxNumberOfCalls : 255
MaxTxFrameSize : 0
MaxRxFrameSize : 0
MinDLCI : 16
7-31
MaxDLCI : 991
MinTxThroughput : 0
MinRxThroughput : 0
MaxTxThroughput : 0
MaxRxThroughput : 0
TxBurstSize : 0
RxBurstSize : 0
TxExcessBurstSize : 0
RxExcessBurstSize : 0
IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (ifIndex 155
corresponds to the local DTE interface for Port 2 of the
Ethernet Base Module.)
Type The type of SVC LMI protocol used on this interface.
T303 Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a response from
the network before retransmitting the setup message. The
range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 4 seconds.
T305 Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a response from
the network before retransmitting a disconnect message. The
range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
T308 The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will wait for a
response from the network before retransmitting the release
message. When the second Release is transmitted, the local
SVC LMI considers the corresponding SVC to have been
released by the network even if no response has been
received. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is
4 seconds.
T310 The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will wait for a
Connect message from the network, after receiving the Call
Proceeding message, before sending a release message.
The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 60
seconds.
MaxNumberOfCalls The maximum number of SVC connections allowed on this
link IfIndex. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255.
MaxTxFrameSize The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted on
the primary frame relay link between the Passport 4400 and
the network. The range is from 0 to 4096. The default value
is 0, which indicates that the maximum frame size is
determined by the MPANL configuration (add msm dtelink
or the define msm dtelink) command.
7-32
MaxRxFrameSize The maximum frame size in bytes that will be accepted on the
primary frame relay link between the Passport 4400 and the
network. The range is from 0 to 4096. The default value is 0,
which indicates that the maximum frame size is determined
by the MPANL configuration (add msm dtelink or the
define msm dtelink) command.
MinDLCI The smallest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on the
Passport 4400. The range is from 16 to 991. The default is
16.
MaxDLCI The highest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on the
Passport 4400. The range is from 17 to 991. The default is
991.
MinTxThroughput Unless negotiated at connect time, this data rate in bits per
second (bps) is used along with maxTxThroughput to
negotiate with the remote end during call setup. The range is
from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the
network will determine the data rate.
MinRxThroughput Unless negotiated at connect time, this data rate in bits per
second (bps) is used along with maxRxThroughput to
from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the
MaxTxThroughput Unless negotiated at connect time, this data rate in bits per
second (bps) is used along with maxTxThroughput to
from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that, the
MaxRxThroughput Unless negotiated at connect time, this data rate in bits per
second (bps) is used along with minRxThroughput to
from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that, the
TxBurstSize The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is committed to
transmit over the period of one second. The range is from 0
to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network
default will determine the transmit burst size.
RxBurstSize The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is committed to
receive over the period of one second. The range is from 0 to
2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network default
will determine the receive burst size.
TxExcessBurstSize The uncommitted transmit burst size (Be) in bytes. The range
is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the
network default will determine the excess burst size.
RxExcessBurstSize The uncommitted receive burst size (Be) in bytes. The range
is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the
network default will determine the excess burst size.
7-33
show fr line user dlcmiPVC (configured/operational) (entry/table)

IfIndex : 155
LMIType : noLMIConfigured
AddressType : q922Standard
AddressLength : twoOctets
NumberOfPorts : 255
Multicast : nonBroadcast
corresponds to the frame relay portion of the local DTE
LMIType The type of PVC LMI active on this interface. The PVC LMI
selected must be compatible with the active network PVC
LMI. Valid values are lmi, itut933A (Q933 Annex A),
ansiT1617D 1994 (ANSI T1.617a - 1994 Annex D), and
noLmiConfigured. A value of noLmiConfigured indicates that
no LMI is used. PVC and DLCIs can still be configured.
AddressType Identifies which address format is in use on the frame relay
interface. Valid values are q921 (13-bit DLCI), q922March90
(11-bit DLCI), q922November 90 (10-bit DLCI), and
q922Standard. This value must match the address format
used by the network.
AddressLength Identifies the Q.922 address field length and DLCI length for
this UNI logical port. Value is given in octets.
NumberOfPorts Maximum number of PVC DLCIs that may exist on this line
IfIndex.
Multicast Indicates whether or not the frame relay interface is using a
multicast service. NonBroadcast indicates no multicast.
Broadcast indicates multicast service is used.
show fr line user dlcmiSVC status (entry/table)

Uses <<mdmFrDlcmiSVCStatusTable>> in the mcmfr MIB
StatusIfIndex : INTEGER
DLci : INTEGER
AddressType : q922Standard
7-34
StatusIfIndex The IfIndex value associated with the netlink.

DLci The SVC DLCI number associated with the netlink.
AddressType This variable states which addressformat is in use on the
Frame Relay interface. This value must match the address
format used by the network
show fr line user mpanlLMI

Shows frame relay mpanl service information as follows.
• circuitStat
• circuitStatus
• netLink
• netLinkStat
• netLinkStatus
• parameters
• service
• statistics
show fr line user mpanlLMI circuitStat (entry/table)

Shows SVC circuit statistics. Uses <<mcmMLMICircuitStatTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.
<IfIndex> : INTEGER
<SVCDLCI> : INTEGER
IfIndex Shows the IfIndex for the specified circuit statistics table.
SVCDLCI Shows the Data link Connection Identifier(DLCI) for the
specified SVC.
MsgRxStatus The number of status messages received on this SVC.
MsgTxStatus The number of setup messages transmitted on this SVC.
MsgRxStatusInq The number of status inquiries received on this SVC.
MsgTxStatusInq The number of status inquiries transmitted on this SVC.
show fr line user mpanlLMI circuitStatus (entry/table)

Shows SVC circuit status. Uses <<mcmMLMICircuitStatusTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.
<IfIndex> : INTEGER
<SVCDLCI> : INTEGER
IfIndex The IfIndex value for this circuit.

SVCDLCI The Data link Connection Identifier (DLCI) for this SVC.
7-35
RejectCause Shows the cause for this SVC being rejected.

SVCType Shows the type of SVC. Types include rfc 1490, voice,
switched, rfc 1490 switched and rsi.
AttriSetupPriority Shows the attribute setup priority for this SVC. The lower
numbers indicate higher priority.
AttriHoldPriority Shows the attribute holding priority for this SVC. The lower
AttriDiscardPriority Shows the attribute discard priority for this SVC. The lower
ClaimedBandWidth The required bandwidth in byte for the SVC call.
QoSTxThrput The transmit throughput granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSRxThrput The receive throughput granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSTxBrstSizGrntd The transmit burst size granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSRxBrstSizGrntd The receive burst size granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSTxExRateGrntd The transmit excess rate granted. Shown in bytes.
QoSRxExRateGrntd The receive excess rate granted. Shown in bytes.
PeerDLCI The DLCI number at the other side of this connection.
PeerNetwork The number of the network at the other side of this
connection.
CallingDNA The calling DNA number associated with the Data Link
Connection Identifier (DLCI) for this SVC.
CalledDNA The called DNA number associated with the Data Link
Connection Identifier (DLCI) for this SVC.
show fr line user mpanlLMI netLink (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmMLMINetlinkTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.
IfIndex : 149
TunnelingPVCDlci : 16
MpanlMode : dte
DLCIAssignMethod : increment
RstartT316Timer : 5
RstrtAckT317Timer : 5
NumUnsRstrtAtmpts : 5
IfIndex Shows the IfIndex for this network link.

TunnelingPVCDlci The DLCI associated with the tunneling PVC.
MpanlMode The PANL port mode. Shows DTE or DCE.
7-36
DLCIAssignMethod The DLCI assignment method, shows increment or

decrement. This value is shown only with the DTE mode.
RstartT316Timer Shows the time in seconds of when the Q.933 Message is
restarted.
RstrtAckT317Timer Shows the time in seconds of when the Q.933 Ack Message
is restarted.
NumUnsRstrtAtmpts Shows the number of unsuccessful restart attempts.
show fr line user mpanlLMI netLinkStat (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmMLMINetlinkStatTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.
IfIndex : 149
RxMsgSetup : 0
TxMsgSetup : 0
RxMsgCallProceeding : 0
TxMstCallProceeding : 0
RxMsgConnect : 0
TxMstConnect : 0
RxMsgDisConnect : 0
TxMstDisConnect : 0
RxMsgRelease : 0
TxMstRelease : 0
RxMsgReleaseComp : 0
TxMstReleaseComp : 0
RxMsgStatusInquery : 0
TxMstStatusInquery : 0
RxMsgStatus : 0
TxMstStatus : 0
LocalSVC : 0
TransitSVC : 0
VoiceCalls : 0
LanCalls : 0
RsiCalls : 0
SpvcCalls : 0
LinkUpCounter : 2
LinkDownCounter : 2
IfIndex Shows the IfIndex of the netlink statistics table.

RxMsgSetup The number of setup messages received.
7-37
TxMsgSetup The number of setup messages transmitted.

RxMsgCallProceeding The number of call proceeding messages received.
TxMstCallProceeding The number of call proceeding messages transmitted.
RxMsgConnect The number of connect messages received.
TxMstConnect The number of connect messages transmitted.
RxMsgDisConnect The number of disconnect messages received.
TxMstDisConnect The number of disconnect messages transmitted.
RxMsgRelease The number of release messages received.
TxMstRelease The number of release messages transmitted.
RxMsgReleaseComp The number of release complete messages received.
TxMstReleaseComp The number of release complete messages transmitted.
RxMsgStatusInquery The number of status inquiry messages received.
TxMstStatusInquery The number of status inquiry messages transmitted.
RxMsgStatus The number of status requests received.
TxMstStatus The number of status requests received.
LocalSVC The number of local SVCs.
TransitSVC The number of transit SVCs.
VoiceCalls The number of voice calls on this link.
LanCalls The number of LAN calls on this link.
RsiCalls The number of RSI calls on this link.
SpvcCalls The number of SVC calls on this link.
LinkUpCounter The number of times the LMI came up.
LinkDownCounter The number of times the LMI went down.
show fr line user mpanlLMI netLinkStatus (entry/table)
IfIndex LMIStatus RestartState LAPFState FrCoreState
149 down none up up
IfIndex Shows the IfIndex for the netlink status table.

LMIStatus Shows the LMI link status for both DTE and DCE.
RestartState The Q.933 link recovery restart states. These are none,
restartRequestSent and restartRequestReceived.
7-38
LAPFState The LAPF state as seen by MLMI. States are up or

down.
FrCoreState The frame relay core state as seen by MLMI.
show fr line user mpanlLMI parameters

Shows the type of base unit where the mpanl lmi is provisioned and the software revision
number.
Uses <<mcmMLMIGenCfgSoftwareRev>> in the mcmlmi MIB.
SoftwareRev : "MLMIswRev1.00"
show fr line user mpanlLMI service (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Tables similar to the following are shown for each index.
Uses <<nvmMLMIServiceTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.
ServiceIndex : 1
CUGFacility : noCUG
CUGAccess : noRight
CUGICType : national
CUGIC : " "
DNASuffix : "100"
ServiceIndex An index number for the MPANL service designated by the

DNA suffix field.
CUGFacility Options are noCUG (the default), SimpleCUG, and
CUGSelection.
CUGAccess Determines the subscribed Closed User Group access
rights. Options are noRight (the default), outgoingAccess,
incomingAccess, and outAndinAccess.
CUGICType Determines the CUG interlock code type. Options are
national (the default) and international.
CUGIC A quoted string of up to 5 digits, determined at subscription
time.
DNASuffix A quoted string of up to 3 digits that identifies the MPANL
service. 100 = LAN traffic; 101 = NMS traffic; 200 = voice;
3XX = FRDCE/HTDS; 500 = RSA/RSI.
show fr line user mpanl statistics

Uses <<mlmistatistics>> in the mcmlmi MIB.
7-39
ActiveVCs : 0 RequestedCalls : 0
InitiatedCalls : 0 FailedCalls : 0
SucceededCalls : 0 ReleasedCalls : 0
DisconnectedCalls : 0 AdmittedCUGs : 0
RejectedCUGs : 0
ActiveVCs Number of active virtual circuits maintained by the MPANL

LMI.
RequestedCalls The number of Connect requests received by the MPANL LMI
from the upper layer applications on this Passport 4400.
InitiatedCalls The number of calls this device has initiated.
FailedCalls The number of calls failed, either incoming or outgoing, for
this device.
SucceededCalls The number of calls succeeded, either incoming or outgoing,
for this device.
ReleasedCalls The number of calls released by this device or by the
network.
DisconnectedCalls The number of Disconnect requests received by the MPANL
LMI from upper layer applications on this device.
AdmittedCUGs The number of calls admitted whose setup messages had
the correct CUG.
RejectedCUGs The number of calls rejected whose setup messages had the
wrong CUG.
show fr line user pvcLMI (configured/operational) (entry/table)

A table similar to the following is displayed.
IfIndex : 9
T3911 : 0
N391 : 6
N392 : 3
N393 : 3
corresponds to the local frame relay portion of the DTE
T391 The number of seconds between successive status inquiry
messages. The range is from 5 to 30 seconds. The default is
10 seconds.
7-40
N391 The number of status inquiry intervals that pass before a full
status inquiry message is sent. (Every nth status inquiry will
be a full status inquiry.) The range is from 1 to 255. The
default is 6.
N392 The maximum number of unanswered status enquiries that
will be accepted before the LMI is declared down. The range
is from 1 to 10. The default is 3.
N393 The number of status polling intervals over which the error
threshold is counted. The default is 3.
show fr port
Shows frame relay port values, parameters and statistics.
• pvcLANData
• spvcLANData
• svcLANData
• virtualPort
show fr port pvcLANData
show fr port pvcLANData circuit (entry/table)

Uses <<frCircuitTable>> in the rfc1315 MIB.

<DLCI> : INTEGER (19..991)
IfIndex The IfIndex for the interface on this PVC.

DLCI The local DLCI for this PVC.
CircuitState Shows the state of this PVC (active or inactive). Only the
configured PVCs can be in the inactive state. All learned
PVCs will be deleted while the PVC LMI is reporting them as
active.
ReceivedFECNs Number of frame relay packets received on the
corresponding DLCI with the forward congestion bit set.
ReceivedBECNs Number of frame relay packets received on the
corresponding DLCI with the backward congestion bit set.
SentFrames Number of frame relay packets sent on the corresponding
PVC since this counte was last reset.
SentOctets Number of bytes sent on the corresponding PVC since this
coutner was last reset.
ReceivedFrames Number of frame relay packets received on the
corresponding PVC since this counter was last reset.
7-41
ReceivedOctets Number of bytes received on the corresponding PVC since

this counter was last reset initiated by a user.
CreationTime The sysUpTime when the PVC was created either at bootup
time or when the PVC was learned from the DCE through
the PVC LMI.
LastTimeChange The sysUpTime of the last status change in the PVC. For
learned PVCs, the PVC last time change should be equal to
the PVC creation time.
CommittedBurst The maximum rate at which the network agrees to transfer
under normal (non-congested) conditions. Expressed in bits
per second. For PVCs, this value is pre-arranged with the
network service provider.
ExcessBurst The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the frame
relay network will attempt to deliver. Expressed in bits per
second. For PVCs, this value is pre-arranged with the
network service provider.
Throughput The average number of 'Frame Relay Information Field' bits
transferred per second across a physical frame relay
interface. For PVCs, this value is pre-arranged with the
network service provider
show fr port pvcLANData netlinkMap (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrNetlinkMapTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

<NetLinkIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)
VPIfIndex Virtual port IfIndex associated with this netlink (Tunnel PVC).
NetlinkIfIndex Netlink (Tunnel PVC) IfIndex associated with the specified
virtual port.)
RowStatus Shows the status of the existing rows in this virtual port to the
netlink mapping table.
show fr port spvcLANData

• base
• circuit
show fr port spvcLANData base spvc (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrLANSpvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
VirtualPortIfIndex : 4
RemoteNetDLCI : 241
7-42
ConnectId : 1
SVCDNA : "[x121]3021811397299
"
SVCDLCI : 17
SVCIfIndex : 155
VirtualPortState : active
SVCUserState : active
ConnectType : master
LastChange : 99
LastTimeDiscReason : local-VP-is-down
VirtualPortIfIndex The IfIndex of the local virtual port.

RemoteNetDLCI The DLCI value on the remote DCE interface.
ConnectId The connect ID of this SPVC mapping. Assigned internally by
thedevice. Unique for each SPVC generated on the device
(frame relay DCE and LAN).
SVCDNA The DNA for the remote node of this SPVC.
SVCDLCI The local DLCI for this SPVC.
SVCIfIndex The ifIndex number for this SPVC connection.
VirtualPortState Indicates whether the local virtual port is active or inactive.
SVCUserState Indicates whether the local DCE considers the SPVC
associated with this mapping active (up) or inactive (down).
ConnectType Indicates whether this end of the SPVC segment initiated or
received the SPVC call. Master indicates that this end will
initiate the call; Slave indicates that this end will receive the
call.
LastChange The MIB II sysUpTime value in time ticks at the time this
SPVC mapping entered its current operational state.
LastTimeDiscReason Indicates the reason this SPVC is not currently active.
show fr port spvcLANData base svc (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrLANSpvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
ConnectID : 1
SVCIfIndex : 155
DNA : "[x121]3021811397299"
DLCI : 17
MaxTxSize : 0
MaxRxSize : 0
7-43
MinTxThroughput : 0
MinRxThroughput : 0
MaxTxThroughput : 0
MaxRxThroughput : 0
TxBurstSize : 0
RxBurstSize : 0
TxExcessiveBurstSize : 0
RxExcessiveBurstSize : 0
TxPriority : 0
ReasonForDisconnect : normal-condition
DiscardPriority : medium-discard-level
ConnectID The connect ID of this SPVC mapping.

SVCIfIndex The IfIndex of the frame relay protocol associated with this
DLCI.
DNA The DNA for the destination of the SPVC.
DLCI The local DLCI for this SVC.
MaxTxSize The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted out
of the frame relay network by this SVC. The range is from 0
to 4096 frames. A value of 0 indicates that the network default
value is used for this SVC.
MaxRxSize The maximum frame size in bytes that will be received into
the frame relay network from this SVC. The range is from 0 to
4096 frames. A value of 0 indicates that the network default
value is used for this SVC.
MinTxThroughput The minimum transmit throughput in bits per second (bps);
used with the maxTxThroughput value to negotiate with the
remote. A value of 0 indicates that the network default value
MinRxThroughput The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second
(bps) used for negotiation of receive data during call setup.
The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates
that the network default value is used for this SVC.
MaxTxThroughput The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second
(bps) used for negotiation of transmit data during call setup.
The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates
that the network default value is used for this SVC.
MaxRxThroughput The minimum receive throughput in bits per second (bps);
used with the maxRxThroughput value to negotiate with the
remote. The network default value is used for this SVC.
7-44
TxBurstSize The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps) to the
frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The
network default value is used for this SVC.
RxBurstSize The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps) from
the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps.
The network default value is used for this SVC.
TxExcessBurstSize The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second to the frame
relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The
RxExcessBurstSize The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second from the frame
relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The
TxPriority The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The range is
from 0 to 15, with higher numbers indicating higher priority.
Maps both as an emission priority out of the device and the
frame relay switch trunk through priority. Voice traffic
generally has a higher transport priority than data because it
has a lower tolerance for delay. The default transport priority
for frame relay traffic is 0.
ReasonForDisconnect Indicates the reason for the last SPVC disconnect.
DiscardPriority Indicates the probability of frames on this SVC being
discarded by the frame relay switch during periods of heavy
congestion. The options are low, medium, and high-discard-
level.
show fr port spvcLANData circuit (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrAllAVCCircuitTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
IfIndex : 4
SVCDLCI : 17
Type : rfc1490Switched
DNA : "[x121]3021811397299"
State : active
RxFECNs : 0
RxBECNs : 0
TxFrame : 7770
TxOctets : 60378
RxFrames : 8820
RxOctets : 639704
CreationTime : 00Years 000Days 00:00:03
CallOriginator : " "
LastTimeChange : 00Years 000Days 00:00:03
7-45
Throughput : 920
NegMaxTxSize : 4096
NegMaxRxSize : 4096
NegTxThroughput : 191700
NegRxThroughput : 64000
NegTxBurstSize : 63896
NegRxBurstSize : 64000
NegTxExcessiveSize : 0
NegRxExcessiveSize : 0
TxDiscard : 0
TxPriority : 6
SVCIfIndex : 151
DiscardPriority : medium-discard-level
IfIndex The ifIndex associated with this SVC DLCI.

SVCDLCI The DLCI number associated with this SVC.
Type The type of network interface for this logical port. Valid types
are rfc 1490, voice, switched, and rfc1490 switched.
DNA The DNA of the destination node for this SVC.
State Indicates the current state of this SVC. May be active, inactive
or invalid.
RxFECNs The number of frame relay packets received on this DLCI with
the FECN bit set since this counter was last reset.
RxBECNs The number of frame relay packets received on this DLCI with
the BECN bit set since this counter was last reset.
TxFrames The number of frame relay packets sent on this SVC since
this counter was last reset.
TxOctets The number of octets sent on the corresponding SVC since
this counter was last reset.
RxFrames The number of frames received over this SVC since it was
created or the counter was last reset.
RxOctets The number of octets received over this SVC since it was
CreationTime The sysUpTime value when the SVC was created either at
bootup time or when the SVC was set up through Q.933,
whether by the Data Link Connection Management Interface
or by a SetRequest.
CallOriginator The DNA of the node originating the call that resulted in the
establishment of the SVC.
7-46
LastTimeChange The value of sysUpTime when the state of the SVC last
changed. (For SVCs established by the remote, the last time
change should be equal to the SVC creation time.)
Throughput The average number of frame relay information field bits
transferred per second across a user network interface in one
direction. This is measured over the measurement interval.
NegMaxTxSize The negotiated maximum frame size to be transmitted on this
interface (in bytes).
NegMaxRxSize The negotiated maximum frame size to be received on this
NegTxThroughput The negotiated throughput to be transmitted on this interface
(in bits per second).
NegRxThroughput The negotiated throughput to be received on this interface (in
bits per second).
NegTxBurstSize The negotiated committed burst to be transmitted on this
interface (in bits per second).
NegRxBurstSize The negotiated committed burst to be received on this
NegTxExcessSize The negotiated excess burst to be transmitted on this
NegRxExcessSize The negotiated Rx excess burst to be sent on this interface (in
bits per second).
TxDiscardCIRPolice The number of packets that have been discarded due to
policing of the CIR.
TxPriority The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The range is
from 0 to 15, with higher numbers indicating higher priority
APS both as emission priority out of the device and the frame
relay switch trunk through priority. Voice traffic generally has
a higher transport priority than data because it has a lower
tolerance for delay. The default transport priority for frame
relay traffic is 0.
SVCIfIndex The ifIndex of the frame relay protocol on the physical port.
DiscardPriority Indicates the probability of frames on this SVC being
discarded by the frame relay switch during periods of heavy
congestion. The options are low- medium- and high-discard-
level.
7-47
show fr port svcLANData

• base
• circuit
show fr port svcLANData base (configured/operational) (entry/table)

These values show the SVC DNA address information that applies to the specified virtual
port.
Uses < <mcmFrSVCMapTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

<DNA> : Frame Relay DNA as a quoted string (1..34)
VirtualPortIfIndex Virtual Port ifIndex associated with this DNA.

DNA The remote DNA to associate SVC with the corresponding
virtual port.
DLCI DLCI for the connected SVC.
MaxTxSize Maximum transmit frame size to negotiate with the remote
shown in bytes.
MaxRxSize Maximum receive frame size to negotiate with the remote
shown in bytes.
MinTxThroughput Minimum transmit throughput in bits per second to negotiate
with the remote.
MinRxThroughput Minimum receive throughput in bits per second to negotiate
with the remote.
MaxTxThroughput Maximum transmit throughput in bits per second to negotiate
with the remote.
MaxRxThroughput Maximum receive throughput in bits per second to negotiate
with the remote.
TxBurstSize The committed transmit burst size in bytes used to negotiate
with the remote.
RxBurstSize The committed receive burst size in bytes used to negotiate
with the remote.
ExcessTxBurstSize Excess transmit burst size. The uncommitted transmit burst
size, used to negotiate with the remote.
ExcessRxBurstSize Excess receive burst size. The uncommitted transmit burst
size, used to negotiate with the remote.
Priority Transfer priority level for data on this SVC.
EntryStatus Entry status is shown as enabled or disabled.
TransferPriority The transfer priority for the corresponding pass-through
network connection.
7-48
DisableCause The cause of the disable status is shown.

SVCIfIndex The IfIndex of the tunneling PVC in which the SVC is
established.
DiscardPriority The discard priority used for connection setup of this SVC
map.
SetupPriority Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time, and
also determines the potential for bumping established paths
to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority,
and 5 is the lowest.
HoldingPriority Shows the priority that a path maintains once the path is
established, and also determines the likelihood of being
bumped by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of
1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.
show fr port svcLANData circuit (table/entry)

Uses <<mcmFrSVCCircuitTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

<DNA> : Frame Relay DNA as a quoted string (1..34)
IfIndex The IfIndex for the interface that this PVC belongs on.
DNA The destination DNA for the SVC.
Dlci The local DLCI for this SVC.
State Tthe state of this SVC (active \ or inactive). Only the
configured SVCs can be in the inactive state. All learned
SVCs will be deleted when the connection has been
released).
ReceivedFECNs Number of frames received from the network indicating
forward congestion.
ReceivedBECNs Number of frames received from the network indicating
backward congestion.
SentFrames The number of frames sent from this switched virtual circuit
since this was counter was last reset.
SentOctets The number of octets sent from this SVC since it was last
created or reset.
ReceivedFrames Number of frames received over this virtual circuit since it was
created or the counter was last reset
ReceivedOctets Number of octets received over this virtual circuit since it was
CreationTime The value of sysUpTime when the switched virtual circuit was
created.
7-49
CallOriginator DNA of the SVC call originator.

LastTimeChange The value of sysUpTime when the state of the SVC last
changed.
CircuitThroughput The average number of frame relay information field bits
transferred per second across a physical frame relay.
NegMaxTxSize The negotiated maximum Tx size to be sent on this interface
shown in bytes.
NegMaxRxSize The negotiated maximum Rx size to be received on this
interface shown in bytes.
NegTxThroughput The negotiated Tx throughput to be sent on this interface
shown in bits per second.
NegRxThroughput The negotiated Rx throughput to be received on this interface
NegTxBurst The negotiated Tx committed burst to be sent on this
interface shown in bits per second.
NegRxBurst The negotiated Rx committed burst to be received on this
interface shown in bits per second.
NegTxExcess The negotiated Tx excess burst to be sent on this interface.
NegRxExcess The negotiated Rx excess burst to be received on this
interface.
Priority The transfer priority used for connection setup of this SVC.
SvcIfIndex Shows the ifIndex of the tunneling PVC in which the SVC is
established.
DiscardPriority The discard priority used for SVC circuit connection setup of
this SVC map, shown as high, medium or low.
SetupPriority Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time, and
also determines the potential for bumping established paths
to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority,
established, and also determines the likelihood of being
1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.
show fr port virtualPort configured (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrVirtualPortTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
IfIndex Mode Protocol Binding Number
7-50
2 basic unknown 0
2 basic unknown 1
IfIndex IfIndex associated with this virtual port.

Mode Shows the mode of the virtual port. Easy routing requires that
data will be switched between the virtual circuits on the this
virutal port. Basic mode turns off the switching mode.
ProtocolBinding Bitmap that contains the protocols bound to this Virtual Port.
• ip-configured
• ipx-configured
• ip-and-ipx-configured
• bridge-configured
• ip-and-bridge-configured
• ipx-and-bridge-configured
• ip-and-ipx-and-bridge-configured
• unknown
Number Shows the virtual port number used as an identifier for a
virtual port.
show fr port virtualPort operational (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrVirtualPortTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
IfIndex Mode State Protocol Binding Number
2 basic unknown 0
4 basic unknown 1
IfIndex IfIndex associated with this virtual port.

Mode Shows the mode of the virtual port. Easy routing requires that
data will be switched between the virtual circuits on the this
virutal port. Basic mode turns off the switching mode.
State State of the virtual port. Shown as up, down or uninitialized.
7-51
ProtocolBinding Bitmap that contains the protocols bound to this Virtual Port.
• ip-configured
• ipx-configured
• ip-and-ipx-configured
• bridge-configured
• ip-and-bridge-configured
• ipx-and-bridge-configured
• ip-and-ipx-and-bridge-configured
• unknown
Number Shows the virtual port number used as an identifier for a
virtual port.
show fr switch
Shows the information that identifies the traffic parameters for a bi-directional SVC
segment.
• map
• pvc
• svc
show fr switch map (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Shows the fields used to configure the SPVC mappings.
Uses <<mcmFrConnectTable>> in the mcmfrdce MIB.

IfIndexLocal Shows the IfIndex of the local DCE interface when the switch
type is frame relay DCE. Shows the IfIndex of the local WAN
interface when the switch type is HTDS.
DLCILocal Shows the DLCI value on the local DCE interface. If the
switch type is HTDS the value is 16.
ConnectId Shows the connect ID of this SPVC mapping. Used to
associate SVCs and Connect mappings.
DLCIRemote The DLCI value on the remote DCE interface.
IfIndexSVC Shows indicates the IfIndex value corresponding to the
tunneling PVC in which the SVC is established.
DNARemote The DNA of the remote node with which the the SVC will be
established.
7-52
SVCDLCI The DLCI value of the SVC once the SVC has been
established.
DCEPVCLMIState Show whether the local DCE considers the local PVC
associated with this mapping, shown as active or inactive.
SVCState Shows whether the local DCE considers the SVC associated
with this mapping, shown as active or inactive.
ConnType Shows whether this end of the SPVC segment initiated the
SVC call. Shows as master or slave.
LastChange The value of the sysUpTime object at the time this PVC
mapping entered its current operations state in the high to low
direction.
DisconnectReason Shows the reason why the SPVC is not active in the case of
a connection failure.
• no-reason
• local-PVC-physical-link-is-down
• local-PVC-LMI-is-down
• remote-PVC-physical-link-is-down
• remote-PVC-LMI-is-down
• remote-signaled
• local-SVC-LMI-is-down
• local-SVC-is-down
• local-FR-CORE-error
SwitchType Shows the type of SPVC connection.
• frdce
• htds
• cbr
• x25
• sna-sdlc
show fr switch pvc (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Shows the associated pvc mappings.
Uses <<nvmFrPVCEndptTable>> in the mcmrfc1604 MIB.

<DLCI> : INTEGER (16..001)
IfIndex Shows the IfIndex of the local DCE interface.

DLCIIndex Shows the DLCI value for this PVC end-point.
7-53
InMaxFrameSize The largest frame relay information field sent into the network
by this PVC end-point. Shown in octets.
InBc The committed burst size (Bc) sent into the frame relay
network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.
InBe The committed excess size (Be) sent into the frame relay
InCIR The committed excess size (Be) sent into the frame relay
OutMaxFrameSize The largest frame relay information field received from the
network for this PVC end-point. Shown in octets.
OutBc The committed burst size (Bc) from the frame relay network
for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.
OutBe The committed excess size (Be) received from the frame
relay network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.
OutCIR The committed information rate (CIR) received from the
frame relay network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits per
second.
show fr switch svc

• base
• circuit
show fr switch svc base (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmMPANLConnSVCTable>> in the mcmfrdce MIB.
ConnectId The ID of the connection group for this SVC.

DNA The DNA for the destination of the VC.
MaxTxSize The maximum transmission frame size. This value should be
equal to or greater than the Rx size for the corresponding
PVC. Shown in bytes.
MaxRxSize The maximum receive frame size. This should be equal to or
less than the Tx size for the corresponding PVC. Shown in
bytes.
MinTxThroughput The minimum transmission throughput. This should be equal
to or greater than the Rx CIR for the corresponding PVC.
Shown in bits per second.
MinRxThroughput The minimum receive throughput. This should be equal to or
less than the Tx CIR for the corresponding PVC. Shown in
bits per second.
MaxTxThroughput The maximum transmission throughput. Shown in bits per
second.
MaxRxThroughput The maximum receive throughput. Shown in bits per second.
7-54
MaxTxBurstSize The maximum transmission burst size. This value is based on

throughput and excess burst. Expressed in bits per second.
MaxRxBurstSize The maximum receive burst size. This value is based on
throughput and excess burst. Expressed in bits per second.
ExcessTxBurstSize The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the network
will attempt to deliver. This value should be equal to (or less
than) the Tx Be configured for the corresponding PVC.
Expressed in bits per second.
ExcessRxBurstSize The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the network
can receive.. This value should be equal to (or less than) the
Rx Be configured for the corresponding PVC. Expressed in
bits per second.
TransferPriority The transfer priority for the corresponding pass-through
connection.
DiscardPriority The discard priority for the PANL SVC connection. Expressed
as low, medium and high.
SetupPriority This indicates the priority of a path at call-establishment time,
and also determines the potential for bumping established
paths to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 indicates the
highest priority, and 5 indicate the lowest priority.
HoldingPriority This indicates the priority a path maintains once the path has
been established, and also determines the likelihood of being
1 indicates the highest priority, and 5 indicate the lowest
priority.
show fr switch svc circuit (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrAllSVCCircuitTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

<SVCDLCI> : INTEGER (17..991)
IfIndex The IfIndex value for this SVC.

Dlci The local DLCI for this SVC, valid when connection
established.
Type The type of SVC. Variables include voice, switched or rfc
1490.
DNA DNA of the destination node associated with this SVC.
CircuitState State of this SVC. Variables include active, inactive or invalid.
forward congestion since this SVC was created.
7-55

backward congestion since this SVC was created.
SentFrames The number of frames sent from this SVC since this counter
was last reset.
SentOctets The number of octets sent from this switched virtual circuit
since it was last created or reset.
ReceivedFrames Number of frames received over this virtual circuit since it
was created or the counter was last reset.
CreationTime The value of sysUpTime when this SVC was created.
CallOriginator DNA of the node that originated the call that resulted in the
establishment of this SVC.
LastTimeChange The value of sysUpTime when last there was a change in the
SVC.
Throughput The average number of frame relay packets transferred
second across this physical frame relay interface. Value
NegMaxTxSize The negotiated maximum transmit size sent on this interface.
Value shown in bytes.
NegMaxRxSize The negotiated maximum receive size received on this
interface.
NegTxThroughput The negotiated transmit throughput sent on this interface.
Value shown in bits per second.
NegRxThroughput The negotiated receive throughput received on this interface.
NegTxBurst The negotiated transmit committed burst sent on this
interface. Value shown in bits per second.
NegRxBurst The negotiated receive committed burst received on this
NegTxExcess The negotiated transmit committed excess burst sent on this
NegRxExcess The negotiated receive committed excess burst received on
this interface. Value shown in bits per second.
Valid priorities are 0 for LAN, 6 for NMSNASand 11 for voice.
SvcIfIndex The IfIndex of the tunneling PVC in which this SVC is
established.
7-56
DiscardPriority The discard priority used in setting this SVC. Possible values
are low, medium and high priority.
SetupPriority Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time. Also
determines the potential for bumping established paths to
acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority,
established. Also determines the likelihood of being bumped
by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the
highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.
show fr system
show fr system configured

Uses <<nvmFrGlobalGroup>> in the mcmfr MIB.
MaxNumberOfDLCI : 255 MaxVirtualPort : 32

MaxDLCIPerLine : 255 NumberingPlan : x121
PanlLmiTrapEnable : Unknown MsmTrapEnable : Unknown
CoreTrapEnable : Unknown PlmTrapEnable : Unknown
MaxNumberOfDLCI The maximum number of DLCI that may be configured for this
access device.
MaxVirtualPort The maximum number of ports that may be configured for this
access device.
MaxDLCIPerLine The maximum number of DLCIs that ma be configured for a
frame relay line.
NumberingPlan The numbering plan used with the DNA. The type of call is
either E.164 or X.121.
PanlLmiTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for
the frame relay PANL LMI module.
MsmTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for
the frame relay MSM module.
CoreTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for
the frame relay core module.
PlmTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for
the frame relay PLM module.
show fr system operational

Uses <<nvmFrGlobalGroup>> in the mcmfr MIB.
7-57
MaxNumberOfDLCI : 255 MaxVirtualPort : 32

MaxDLCIPerLine : 255 TxOctets : 0
RxOctets : TxFrames : 0
RxFrames : NumberingPlan : x121
ActivePanlDlciSVC : TotalTunnelingPVC : 0
ActiveTunnelingPVC : PanlLmiTrapEnable : disabled
MSMTrapEnable : disabled CoreTrapEnable : disabled
PlmTrapEnable : disabled
MaxNumberOfDLCI The maximum number of DLCI that may be configured for this
access device.
MaxDLCIPerLine The maximum number of DLCIs that ma be configured for a
frame relay line.
RxOctets Total number of frame relay information field octets that were
received across all frame relay ports.
RxFrames Total number of frame relay frames received in on all frame
relay ports.
ActivePanlDlciSVC The number of active PANL DLCI SVCs for all frame relay
ports.
ActiveTunnelingPVC The total number of tunneling PVCs configured.
MSMTrapEnable Shows whether the generation of trap messages are enabled
or disabled for the frame relay MSM module.
PlmTrapEnable Shows whether the generation of trap messages are enabled
or disabled for the frame relay PLM module.
MaxVirtualPort The maximum number of ports that may be configured for this
access device.
TxOctets The number of octets sent from this SVC since it was last
created or reset.
TxFrames Total number of frame relay frames sent out all frame relay
ports.
NumberingPlan The numbering plan used with the DNA. The type of call is
either E.164 or X.121.
TotalTunnelingPVC The total number of tunneling PVCs configured.
PanlLmiTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for
the frame relay PANL LMI module.
CoreTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for
the frame relay core module.
7-58
show fr tunnel
show fr tunnel configured (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrTunnelPvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
TunnelIfIndex : 149
DlciNumber : 16
PhysicalCard : limA
PhysicalPort : 2
Type : dte-panl
PhysicalPortIfIndex : 155
RxBc : 64000
RxBe : 64000
RxCIR : 64000
TxMaxFrameSize : 80
TxBc : 0
TxBe : 64000
TxCIR : 64000
TunnelIfIndex The IfIndex of this tunnel PVC.

DlciNumber The DLCI number for this PVC tunnel.
PhysicalCard Designates the location of the logical interface module of
the WAN port. Possible values are limA, lim1, lim2, lim3
and lim 4.
PhysicalPort The channel number of this WAN port.
Type The frame relay tunnel PVC type. Possible values are dte-
panl, dce-panl and standard.
PhysicalPortIfIndex The IfIndex of the frame relay physical port.
RxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive frame size for this PVC tunnel data.
Value shown in octets.
RxBc The receive committed burst size for this PVC tunnel data.
Value shown in bits.
RxBe The receive excess burst size for this PVC tunnel data.
RxCIR The receive committed information rate for this PVC
tunnel data. Value shown in bits per second.
TxMaxFrameSize The maximum transmission frame size for this PVC tunnel
data. Value shown in octets.
7-59
TxBc The transmission committed burst sizefor this PVC tunnel

data. Value shown in bits.
TxBe The transmission excess burst size for this PVC tunnel
data. Value shown in bits.
TxCIR The transmission committed information rate for this PVC
tunnel data. Value shown in bits per second.
show fr tunnel operational (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrTunnelPvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
TunnelIfIndex : 149
DlciNumber : 16
PhysicalCard : limA
PhysicalPort : 2
Type : dte-panl
PhysicalPortIfIndex : 155
RxBc : 64000
RxBe : 64000
RxCIR : 64000
TxMaxFrameSize : 80
TxBc : 0
TxBe : 64000
TxCIR : 64000
State : invalid
RxFrames : 0
TxFrames : 0
RxDeFrames : 0
RxExcessFrames : 0
TxExcessFrames : 0
RxDiscards : 0
RxOctets : 0
TxOctets : 0
TunnelIfIndex The IfIndex of this tunnel PVC.

DlciNumber The DLCI number for this PVC tunnel.
PhysicalCard Designates the location of the logical interface module of the
WAN port. Possible values are limA, lim1, lim2, lim3 and lim
4.
7-60
PhysicalPort The channel number of this WAN port.

Type The frame relay tunnel PVC type. Possible values are dte-
panl, dce-panl and standard.
PhysicalPortIfIndex The IfIndex of the frame relay physical port.
RxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive frame size for this PVC tunnel data.
Value shown in octets.
RxBc The receive committed burst size for this PVC tunnel data.
RxBe The receive excess burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value
shown in bits.
RxCIR The receive committed information rate for this PVC tunnel
data. Value shown in bits per second.
TxMaxFrameSize The IfIndex of this tunnel PVC.
TxBc The DLCI number for this PVC tunnel.
TxBe Designates the location of the logical interface module of the
WAN port. Possible values are limA, lim1, lim2, lim3 and lim
4.
TxCIR The channel number of this WAN port.
State Shows the status of the existing rows for this frame relay
tunneling PVC table. Possible values are add, delete and
active.
RxFrames The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel.
TxFrames The number of frames transmitted for this PVC tunnel.
RxDeFrames The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel (ingress)
with the DE bit set to one.
RxExcessFrames The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel (ingress)
which were treated as excess traffic.
TxExcessFrames The number of frames transmitted in this PVC tunnel
(egress) which were treated as excess traffic.
RxDiscards The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel (ingress)
that were discarded due to traffic enforcement.
RxOctets The number of octets received for this PVC tunnel (ingress).
TxOctets The number of octets transmitted in this PVC tunnel
(egress).
7-61
show fr voice svc circuit (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrAllSVCCircuitTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.
IfIndex The IfIndex value for this SVC.

Dlci The local DLCI for this SVC, valid when connection
established.
Type The type of this SVC. Variables include voice, switched or rfc
1490.
DNA DNA of the destination node associated with this SVC.
CircuitState State of this SVC. Variables include active, inactive or invalid.
forward congestion since this SVC was created.
backward congestion since this SVC was created.
SentFrames The number of frames sent from this SVC since this counter
was last reset.
SentOctets The number of octets sent from this switched virtual circuit
since it was last created or reset.
ReceivedFrames Number of frames received over this virtual circuit since it
was created or the counter was last reset.
CreationTime The value of sysUpTime when this SVC was created.
CallOriginator DNA of the node that originated the call that resulted in the
establishment of this SVC.
LastTimeChange The value of sysUpTime when last there was a change in the
SVC.
Throughput The average number of frame relay packets transferred
second across this physical frame relay interface. Value
NegMaxTxSize The negotiated maximum transmit size sent on this interface.
Value shown in bytes.
NegMaxRxSize The negotiated maximum receive size received on this
interface.
NegTxThroughput The negotiated transmit throughput sent on this interface.
NegRxThroughput The negotiated receive throughput received on this interface.
NegTxBurst The negotiated transmit committed burst sent on this
7-62
NegRxBurst The negotiated receive committed burst received on this

NegTxExcess The negotiated transmit committed excess burst sent on this
NegRxExcess The negotiated receive committed excess burst received on
this interface. Value shown in bits per second.
Valid priorities are 0 for LAN, 6 for NMSNASand 11 for voice.
SvcIfIndex The IfIndex of the tunneling PVC in which this SVC is
established.
DiscardPriority The discard priority used in setting this SVC. Possible values
are low, medium and high priority.
SetupPriority Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time. Also
determines the potential for bumping established paths to
acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority,
established. Also determines the likelihood of being bumped
by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the
highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.
7-63
show gcm
Shows the global configuration parameters for the global circuit manager. Select from the
following list:
• backupLink
• global
• hwStatus
• link
• timer
• unit
show gcm backupLink (entry/table)

Shows entries in the GCM backup configuration table for each index, unit index and link
index. Uses <<mcmGcmBackupCfgTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.
Index : 2 (operational)
: 2 (configured)
UnitIndex : 1 (operational)
: 1 (configured)
LinkIndex : 3 (operational)
: 3 (configured)
Index The index value which identifies an entry in the GCM

configuration table.
UnitIndex The index value which identifies an entry in the GCM unit
table.
LinkIndex The index value that identifies an entry in the GCM link table.
This GCM Link is used for backup link activation.
show gcm global

Shows the global configuration parameters for the GCM.
Uses the <<mcmGcmGlobalCfgGroup>> in the mcmgcm MIB.
AdminStatus : enabled (operational)

TrapStatus : disabled (operational)
AutoActSelMode : hardwareConfig (operational)
: hardwareConfig (configured)
7-64
AdminStatus Shows the status of the GCM global configuration table as

enabled or disabled.
TrapStatus Shows the status of the GCM traps as enabled or disabled.
AutoActSelMode Shows the unit’s auto activation selection mode. Possible
values are disabled and hwCfgAutoSelect. If
hsCfgAutoSelect is shown, the GCM activates one of the
three GCM units, depending on the hardware configuration.
show gcm hwStatus

Shows the GCM hardware interface status.
Uses <<mcmGcmHwStatusTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.
Index Description CurrentStatus ActiveLinkStatus
isdnPrimary "ISDN on Port 2" down 0

isdnBackup "ISDN on Port 3" down 0
frPrimary "FR on Port 2" linkError 0
frBackup "FR on Port 3" down 0
Index The index that identifies a port defined in the GCM hardware
status table.
Description Shows the type of interface and the associated port number.
CurrentStatus Shows the status of the hardware interface after a reset.
ActiveLinkStatus Shows the number of active GCM links on this hardware port.
show gcm link (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Shows the values that identify an entry in the GCM link table as the primary link.
Uses <<mcmGcmLinkTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.
Index : 2
UnitIndex : 1
Name : "WAN backup"
SignalingType : unusedAlwaysUp
SignalingPCMIndex : 1
ProtocolType : frameRelay
ProtocolPCMIndex : 3
ProtocolStatus : protocolDown
VoiceCalls : 0
7-65
Index Number that identifies an entry in the GCM link

table.
UnitIndex Number that identifies an entry in the GCM unit
table.
Name Name of the GCM link.
SignalingType The type of signaling channel, if a signaling protocol
is used. Possible values are unknown, ISDN or
unused.
SignalingPCMIndex The index value that uniquely identifies an entry for
the PCM.
ProtocolType Shows the type of the protocol.
ProtocolPCMIndex The index value that identifies an entry for the PCM.
In the case of the FRCM, this entry represents an
index for the port.
ProtocolStatus Shows the status of the signal link.
• cfg-error - the signaling link is not configured
or activated from the signaling CM.
(only shown in the
operational table) • info-wait - the GCM has sent an information
request message to the signaling CM to
request the status of this link. If the GCM
receives an error message, the status will show
cfg-error.
• inactive - the link is inactive.
• enable-wait - the GCM is trying to enable the
hardware interface and is waiting for the
response from the signaling CM.
• deferred - the activation of link is being
deferred for 1 minute.
• protocol-down - either the PLM or MSM is
down.
• activating - link activation is in progress.
• active - the signaling link is established.
• disconnecting - the signaling CM deactivates
this link.
• ever-up - this link is always up.
VoiceCalls The number of active voice calls.
show gcm timer (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Shows the index values that define an entry in the GCM timer table. The minutes designation
to start inactivity. Values in this table with the prefix "Inact" indicate when the connection
7-66
will be automatically disconnected. If the inactivity timer is configured as a periodic timer,

the InactPeriodic object designates the minute to start inactivity.
Uses <<nvmGcmTimerTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.
Index : 2 (operational)
: 2 (configured)
UnitIndex : 2 (operational)
: 2 (configured)
InactStartHour : 0 (operational)
: 0 (configured)
InactStartMin : 0 (operational)
: 0 (configured)
InactDurationtHour : 1 (operational)
: 1 (configured)
InactDurationMin : 0 (operational)
: 0 (configured)
InactMonday : disabled
InactTuesday : disabled
InactWednesday : disabled
InactThursday : disabled
InactFriday : disabled
InactSaturday : disabled
InactSunday : disabled
InactPeriodic : disabled
7-67
show gcm unit (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Shows the index values that define an entry into the GCM unit table.
Uses the <<nvmGcmUnitTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.
Index : 2
Name : "WAN Port2"
AdminStatus : down
TimerStatus : disabled
SwitchType : fastSwitch
LinkIndex : 1
BackupRemain (mins) : 3
BackupSwitchDelay : 0
SwitchDelay : 0
RegionalLinkIndex : 0
ModeConfiguration : Unknown
LinkFailMonstatus : Unknown
LinkFailMonDurMin : 0
LinkFailThrshold : 0
LinkMonCount : 0
7-68
Index Shows the value that uniquely identifies an entry in the

GCM unit table.
Name Name of the GCM unit.
AdminStatus Shows the administration status of the GCM unit as up
or down. If the status is set to down, the administration
is disabled for this unit and all associated links.
TimerStatus The GCM timer status is shown as enabled or disabled.
SwitchType Shows the type of the switching algorithm.
• fast-switch - the GCM deactivates the backuplink
after the primary link is re-established regardless
of the backup transmission activity.
• voice-switch - the backup link will be deactivated
after the primary link is re-established and all voice
calls over the backup link are disconnected.
• manual-switch-backup - the GCM switches to the
backup in case of the primary failure. The switching
back to the primary port must be done manually.
• manual-switch - the GCM can only be manually
switched.
LinkIndex Shows a value that uniquely identifies an entry in the
GCM link table as the primary link.
BackupRemain The maximum number of minutes that the backup link
remains active after switching from backup to the
primary.
BackupSwitchDelay The number of minutes the switching has to be delayed
before switching to the primary link.
SwitchDelay Not used.
RegionalLinkIndex The number of minutes the switching has to be delayed
before switching to the backup link.
ModeConfiguration • branch-node - The GCM will first try to activate the
primary link. In the case of a failure, the GCM will
activate one of the the backup links. During the
time the primary link is active, the backup port is
deactivated.
• regional-node - This mode is identical to the
branch-mode except the backup link is not used.
When the primary link is active, the GCM will not
deactivate the backup port.
• central-site-node - There is no PANL DTE
connection. In this case, there is no need to have
the backup functionality as the GCM will enable
both ports.
7-69
LinkFailMonstatus The GCM link failure monito status is shown as enabled

or disabled.
LinkFailMonDurMin The number of minutes to monitor the GCM link Failure
monitor threshold activity. The duration time starts
when first link failure occured while the
gcmLinkFailureMonStatus entity is enabled.
LinkFailThrshold The maximum number of GCM link failures allowed
before switching from primary to backup.
LinkMonCount The number of link failures counted during the duration
time specified as LinkFailureMonDurMin (above).
show icmp statistics

Uses <<ICMPGroup>> in the rfc1213 MIB.
RxMessages : 0 RxErrors : 0
RxDestUnreachs : 0 RxTimeExceeds : 0
RxProblems : 0 RxSrcQuenchs : 0
RxRedirects : 0 RxEchos : 0
RxEchoReplys : 0 RxTimestamps : 0
RxTimestampReplys : 0 RxAddrMasks : 0
RxAddrMaskReplys : 0 TxMsgs : 0
TxErrors : 0 TxDestUnreachs : 0
TxTimeExceeds : 0 TxProblems : 0
TxSrcQuenchs : 0 TxRedirects : 0
TxEchos : 0 TxEchoReplys : 0
TxTimestamps : 0 TxTimestampReplys : 0
TxAddrMasks : 0 TxAddrMaskReplys : 0
RxMessages The total number of ICMP messages received.

RxDestUnreachs The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable
messages received.
RxProblems The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages
received.
RxRedirects The number of ICMP Redirect messages received.
RxEchoReplys The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received.
RxTimestampReplys The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages
received.
RxAddrMaskReplys The number of ICMP Address Mask Request
messages received.
7-70
TxErrors The number of ICMP messages that this entity did not
send due to problems discovered within ICMP. This
value does not include errors discovered outside the
ICMP layer.
TxTimeExceeds The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
TxSrcQuenchs The number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent.
TxEchos The number of ICMP Echo Request messages sent.
TxTimestamps The number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages
sent.
TxAddrMasks The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages
sent.
RxErrors The number of inbound packets that contained errors
preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer
protocol.
RxTimeExceeds The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
RxSrcQuenchs The number of ICMP Source Quench messages
received.
RxEchos The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages sent.
RxTimestamps The number of ICMP Timestamp (request) messages
received.
RxAddrMasks The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages
received.
TxMsgs The total number of ICMP messages which this entity
attempted to send.
TxDestUnreachs The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable
messages sent.
TxProblems The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages
sent.
TxRedirects The number of ICMP Redirect messages sent. For a
host, this object will always be zero, since hosts do not
send redirects.
TxEchoReplys The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent.
TxTimestampReplys The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent.
TxAddrMaskReplys The number of ICMP Address Mask Request
messages sent.
7-71
show ip
Shows internet protocol addresses and parameters.
• address
• base
• invArp
• parameters
• route
show ip address (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Shows IP address and other statistics for the specified IfIndex or for all IfIndices using the
table command.
Uses <<nvmIPAddrTable>> in the mcmip MIB.
IfIndex : 3
IPAddress : 127.0.0.1
Mtu : 1500
DataLinkType : ether
KeepAlive : on
ForwardBcast : on
IPNumber : numbered
RouteProtocolType : disable
NetMask : 255.0.0.0
BcastAddress : 255.255.255.255
IfIndex The IfIndex for this entry.

IPAddress IP address for this entry.
Mtu The size of the largest datagram that can be sent or
received on this interface. The value is shown in octets.
7-72
DataLinkType The type of data link interface used with this entry.
• csmacd - IEEE 802.3 CSMA/CD network, LLI
compatibility
• tpb - IEEE 802.4 Token Passing Bus, LLI
compatibility
• tpr - IEEE 802.5 Token Passing Ring, LLI
compatibility
• metro - IEEE 802.6 Metro Net, LLI compatibility
• ether - Ethernet Bus, LLI compatibility
• hdlc - ISO HDLC protocol support, bit
synchronous
• char - Character Synchronous protocol support
• ctca - IBM Channel-to-Channel Adepter
• fddi - fiber distributed data interface
• frameRelay - frame relay
• frIpOpt - frame relay IP option
• other - Any medium not listed above.
• invalid - Invalid
KeepAlive Indicates whether keep alive signals are sent over this
interface. Possible values are off and on.
ForwardBcast Indicates whether broadcast signals are sent over this
interface. Possible values are off and on.
IPNumber Indicates whether numbered or unnumbered IP is used
on this interface.
RouteProtocolType Indicates the IP routing protocol used on this interface.
Possible values are rip, ospf, passiveRIP and disabled.
NetMask The IP address of the subnet mask associated with this
entry. The value is an IP address with all the network
bits set to 1 and all the hosts bits set to 0.
BcastAddress The IP broadcast address associated with this entry.
show ip base
• rip
• ripCompatibility
show ip base rip

This value shows whether or not RIP is turned on or off for this access device. When RIP is
on, the access device propogates routing information to other access devices, gateways and
hosts.
7-73
Uses <<mcmIPRipEnable>> in the mcmip MIB.
Rip : off (operational)

: off (configured)
show ip base ripCompatibility

This value indicates the version of the routing internet protocol. Rip1 indicates that only RIP
version 1 packets are broadcast Rip1Compatible indicates that RIP version 2 packets are
broadcast. Rip2 indicates RIP version 2 packets are multicast.
Uses <<mcmIPRipCompatibility>> in the mcmip MIB.
RipCompatibility : Rip1Compatible (operational)

: Rip1Compatible (configured)
show ip invarp (entry/table)

Shows the enabled/disabled status of Inverse ARP for a protocol for a specific DLCI.
Uses <<mcmInverseArpTable>> in the mcmip MIB.
IfIndex : INTEGER
Protocol : ip
show ip parameters
Shows all current IP parameters.
Uses <<IP group>> in the rfc1213 MIB.
Forwarding : off DefaultTimeToLive : 60

RxInputDatagrams : 453 InputHeaderErrors : 0
InputAddrErrors : 0 FwdDatagrams : 0
RxUnknownProtoco : 0 InputDiscards : 0
InputDelivers : 453 TxRequests : 453
OutputDiscards : 0 OutputNumRoutes : 0
ReassembleTimeout : 60 ReassembleNeed : 0
ReassembleOK : 0 ReassembleFail : 0
FragmentOK : 0 FragmentFail : 0
FragmentCreate : 0 RoutingDiscards : 0
7-74
Forwarding Shows whether this device is acting as an IP gateway

with respect to forwarding datagrams received by, but
not addressed to, this device.
• on - acting as a gateway
• off - not acting as a gateway
RxInputDatagrams Shows the total number of input datagrams received,
including datagrams received in error.
InputAddrErrors Shows the number of input datagrams discarded
because the IP address in the IP header destination
field was not a valid address to be received at this
location.
RxUnknownProtocols The number of locally-addressed datagrams received
successfully but discarded because of an unknown or
unsupported protocol.
InputDelivers The total number of input datagrams successfully
delivered to IP user-protocols including ICMP.
OutputDiscards The number of output IP datagrams where no problems
were encountered to prevent continued processing, but
were discarded (e.g. for lack of buffer space),
ReassembleTimeout The maximum length of time during which received
fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly.
Value stated in seconds.
ReassembleOK The number of IP datagrams successfully
reassembled.
FragmentOK The number of IP datagrams that have been
successfully fragmented.
FragmentCreate The number of IP datagram fragments that have been
generated as a result of fragmentation.
DefaultTimeToLive The default value inserted into the Time-To-Live field of
the IP header of datagrams originated at this device.
InputHeaderErrors The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors
in their IP headers.
FwdDatagrams The number of input datagrams that were sent to this
device, but this entity was not their final IP destination.
InputDiscards The number of input IP datagrams where no problems
were encountered to prevent continued processing, but
were discarded (e.g. for lack of buffer space),
TxRequests The total number of IP datagrams that local IP user-
protocols supplied to IP in requests for transmission.
OutputNumRoutes The number of IP datagrams discarded because no
route could be found to transmit them to their
destination.
7-75
ReassembleNeed The number of IP fragments received that needed to be

reassembled.
ReassembleFail The number of failures detected by the IP ressembly
algorithm.
FragmentFail The number of IP datagrams that were discarded
because they needed to be fragmented at this entity but
could not be.
RoutingDiscards The number of routing entries that were discarded even
though they are valid.
show ip route (entry/table)

Shows IP routing table values where they have been entered using the add command.
Uses <<ipRouteTable>> in the rfc1213 MIB.
<DestAddress> : IpAddress
7-76
RouteDestination The destination IP address of this route.

RouteIfIndex The IfIndex value of the next hop of this route.
RouteMetric1 The primary routing metric for this route. If route metric
1 is not used, this value should be -1.
RouteMetric1 through Alternative routing metrics for this route. If these
RouteMetric 2 metrics are not used, these values should be -1.
RouteType • other - none of the following
• invalid - an invalidated route
• direct - route to a directly connected subnetwork.
• indirect - route to a non-local host, network or
subnetwork.
RouteProtocol The routing mechanism through which this route was
learned.
• other - none of the following
• local - non-protocol information, manually
configured entries used
• netmgmt - set via network management protocol
• icmp - obtained via ICMP redirect
RouteAge The number of seconds since this route was last
updated.
RouteMask The mask number to be linked with the destination
address.
show ipx
Shows all current IPX parameters.
• circuit
• remoteServices
• rip
• sap
• services
• staticRoute
• system
show ipx circuit (entry/table)

Shows current IPX circuit parameters
Uses <<ipxCircTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.
<SysInstance> : INTEGER
<CircuitIndex> : INTEGER
7-77
SysInstance The ID number of this IPX entry. This value is written

when a new IPX entry is created in the table.
Index The ID number of this circuit for this instance of IPX.
ExistState The validity of this circuit entry. Possible values are on
and off.
IfIndex The IfIndex for this circuit.
Name Name given to the circuit.
DataLinkType Type of data link on this circuit. Possible values are raw,
snap, type2 and type 8022.
NetNumber The IPX network number of this circuit.
show ipx remoteServices (entry/table)

Uses <<ipxDestServTable>> in the mcmipx.MIB.
<SysInstance> INTEGER (1 only)

<NetNumber> Net number (0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)
<Node> PhysAddress
<Socket> INTEGER (1..255)
<Name> "String" (1..48)
<Type> INTEGER (1..255)
SysInstance System ID for this instance of IPX.

NetNum The network number portion of the IPX address for this
service.
Node The node portion of the IPX address for this service.
Socket The socket portion of the IPX address for this service.
Name The service name.
Type The service type.
show ipx rip

• circuit
• system
show ipx circuit (entry/table)

Uses <<ripCircTable>> in mcmipx MIB.
<SysInstance> :INTEGER (1 only)

<CircuitIndex> :INTEGER (1..16)
7-78
SysInstance The ID of this instance of RIP and IPX for the specified
entry.
CircIndex The ID of this circuit within this instance of RIP.
State Indicates whether RIP information may be sent and
received over this circuit. Possible values are on and off.
Pace The maximum pace (speed) at which RIP packets may
be sent on this circuit. Value shown in packets per
second.
Update The RIP periodic update interval shown in seconds.
AgeMultiplier The holding multiplier for information received in RIP
periodic updates.
PacketSize The RIP packet size used on this circuit.
OutPackets The number of RIP packets sent on this circuit.
InPackets The number of RIP packets received on this circuit.
show ipx system entry

Uses <<ripSysTable>> in the mcfmipx MIB.
show ipx system table

Uses <<ripSysTable>> in the mcfmipx MIB.
SysInstance State IncorrectPackets
1 on 0
SysInstance The ID of this instance of RIP. This value links this

instance of RIP to an instance of IPX running on the
system.
State Indicates the operational state of this instance of RIP.
Possible values are on or off.
IncorrectPackets The number of times that a packet was received with an
incorrectly formatted RIP.
show ipx route (entry/table)

Uses <<ipxDestTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

<NetNumber> Net number (0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)
7-79
SysInstance The ID of this instance of RIP. This value links this

instance of RIP to an instance of IPX running on the
system.
DestNetNum The network number of the IPX destination.
DestProtocol The routing protocol used to identify of this destination.
DestTicks The number of ticks required to reach this destination.
DestHopCount The number of hops required to reach the destination.
DestNextHopCircIndex The index number of the circuit used to reach the next
hop.
DestNextHopNICAddress The NIC address of the next hop.
DestNextHopNetNum The IPX network number of the next hop.
show ipx sap

• circuit
• system
show ipx sap circuit (entry/table)

Uses <<sapCircTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

<CircuitIndex> INTEGER
SysInstance The ID of this instance of SAP and IPX for this entry.
CircuitIndex The ID of this circuit, within the instance of SAP.
State Indicates whether SAP information may be sent and
received over this circuit. Possible values are on and off.
Pace The maximum pace (speed) at which RIP packets may
be sent on this circuit. Value shown in packets per
second.
Update The RIP periodic update interval shown in seconds.
AgeMultiplier The holding multiplier for information received in RIP
periodic updates.
PacketSize The RIP packet size used on this circuit.
OutPackets The number of RIP packets sent on this circuit.
InPackets The number of RIP packets received on this circuit.
7-80
show ipx sap system entry

Uses <<sapSysTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.
show ipx sap system table

Uses <<sapSysTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.
SysInstance State IncorrectPackets
1 on 0
SysInstance The ID of this instance of SAP. This value links this

instance of SAP to an instance of IPX running on the
system.
State Indicates the operational state of this instance of SAP.
Possible values are on or off.
IncorrectPackets The number of times that a packet was received with an
incorrectly formatted SAP.
show ipx services (entry/table)

Shows a table of IPX services indexed by name and type.
Uses <<ipxServTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

<ServiceType> INTEGER (1..255)
<ServiceName> "String" (1..48)
SysInstance The ID of this instance of IPX.

ServiceType Type of IPX service.
ServiceName Name assigned to this service.
Protocol The routing protocol used to identify this destination.
NetNum The network portion of the IPX address number for this
service.
Node The node portion of the IPX address number for this
service.
7-81
Socket The socket portion of the IPX address number for this
service.
HopCount The number of hops needed to reach the IPX service.
show ipx staticRoute (entry/table)

The these commands show information about all destinations reached via the statically
configured routes.
Uses <<ipxStaticRouteTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

<CircuitIndex> INTEGER (1..16)
<NetNumber> Network number (0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)

CircIndex ID number of the circuit used to reach the first hop in the
static route.
NetNum The IPX network number of the route destination.
ExistState The state of this static route. Possible values are on or
off.
Ticks The delay required to reach the route destination. Value
given in tick counts.
HopCount The number of hops necessary to reach the
destination.
NextHopNICAddress The NIC address of the next hop.
show ipx system

• advanced
• basic
show ipx system advanced (entry/table)

Uses <<ipxAdvSysTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.
SysInstance :1
MaxPathSplits :0
MaxHops :0
RxTooManyHops :0
RxFiltered :0
NETBIOSPackets :0
FwdPackets :0
TxFiltered :0
7-82
CircuitCount :0
DestCount 0
ServiceCount 0
SysInstance The ID of this instance of IXP.

MaxPathSplits The maximum number of paths that IPX may use to
forward packets.
MaxHops The maximum number of hops a packet can take.
RxTooManyHops The number of IPX packets discarded due to exceeding
the maximum hop count.
RxFiltered The number of incoming IPX packets discarded due to
filtering.
NETBIOSPackets The number of NETBIOS packets received
FwdPackets The number of IPX packets forwarded.
TxFiltered The number of outgoing IPX packets discarded due to
filtering.
CircuitCount The number of circuits known to this instance of IPX.
DestCount The number usable destinations known to this instance of
IPX.
ServiceCount The number of services known to this instance of IPX.
show ipx system basic (entry/table)

Uses <<ipxBasicSysTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.
SysInstance 1 (operational)
1 (configured)
ExistState on (operational)
on (configured)
NetNumber 00000000 (operational)
00000000 (configured)
Node 00:00:00:00:00:00 (operation-
al)
SystemName "mpa" (operational)
"mpa" (configured)
RxPackets 0 (operational)
RxHeaderErrors 0 (operational)
RxUnknownSockets 0 (operational)
RxDiscards 0 (operational)
RxDelivers 0 (operational)
7-83
NoRoutes 0 (operational)
TxRequests 0 (operational)
TxDiscards 0 (operational)
TxPackets 0 (operational)
RouterStatus disabled (operational)
disabled (configured)
Spoofing disabled (operational)
SpoofDataLinkType raw (operational)
raw (configured)
WanOptimization disabled (operational)
7-84

ExistState The state of this instance of IPX. Possible values are on
and off.
NetNumber The network number portion of the IPX address for this
system.
Node The node number portion of the IPX address for this
system.
SystemName The readable name assigned to this system.
RxPackets The number of IPX packets received, including those
received in error.
RxHeaderErrors The number of IPX packets discarded due to errors in their
headers.
RxUnknownSockets The number of IPX packets discarded because the
destination socket was not open.
RxDiscards The number of IPX packets received but discarded.
RxDelivers The total number of IPX packets delivered locally.
NoRoutes The number of times no route was found to any
destination.
TxRequests The number of IPX packets supplied locally for
transmission.
TxDiscards The number of outgoing IPX packets discarded due to
reasons other than those accounted for as the following:
ipxBasicSysOutMalformedRequests,
ipxAdvSysOutFiltered and
ipxAdvSysOutCompressDiscards.
TxPackets The total number of IPX packets transmitted.
RouterStatus Status of IPX routing for this instance. Possible values are
enabled or disabled.
Spoofing Status of IPX spoofing for this instance. Possible values
are enabled or disabled.
SpoofDataLinkType The DataLink type used for spoofing. Possible values are
as follows: raw, type8023, type2, type8022.
WANOptimization Status of WAN optimization for this IPX instance. Possible
values are enabled or disabled.
show isdn
Shows the defined parameters for isdn.
• dialControl
• physicalIf
7-85
show isdn dialControl

• basePeer
• callActive
• callHistory
• configuration
• peer
show isdn dialControl basePeer

Shows the current status of the parameters provisioned by the define isdn dialcontrol
commands.
Uses <<DialCtlPeerCfgTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.
Id IfIndex BChannel
1 5 1
3 5 1
Id An ID for a single peer. There may be several IDs in this

table for one peer defining different ways of reaching the
peer.
IfIndex IfIndex for this ISDN peer.
BChannel The value of this object specifies the B channel to be used
for the leased lines.
show isdn dialControl callActive (entry/table)

Shows which B-channel (1 or 2) is used for leased lines. For dial-up lines, this entry is
ignored because the B-channel is assigned by the ISDN service.
Uses <<callActiveTable>> in the rfc2129 MIB.
SetUpTime : 00Years 000Days 00:52:15

Index : 1
PeerAddress : "384100"
PeerSubAddress : " "
PeerId : 2
PeerIfIndex : 18
LogicalIfIndex : 19
ConnectTime : 00Years 000Days 00:52:15
CallState : active
CallOrigin : originate
7-86
ChargedUnits : 0
InfoType : unrestrictedDigital
TxPackets : 72286
TxBytes : 5606401
RxPackets : 47798
RxBytes : 3510473
SetUpTime The time when the call was started.

Index A chronological entry of calls started within the same 10
milliseconds of time.
PeerAddress The telephone number to which this call is connected.
PeerSubAddress The subaddress of the connected call.
PeerId The index value of the Peer Table entry to which this call was
made.
PeerIfIndex The ifIndex number of the Peer Table entry to which this call
was made.
LogicalIfIndex The ifIndex number of the B-channel through which this call
was made.
ConnectTime The time when the call was connected.
CallState Indicates whether or not the call is active.
CallOrigin For active calls, this field will always indicate originate (for
outgoing calls).
ChargedUnits The number of charged units for this connection. If charging
information is not supplied by the switch, this field will be 0.
InfoType The type of call. Options are speech, unrestrictedDigital,
unrestrictedDigital56, restrictedDigital, audio7, audio31,
video, packetSwitched, fax, and other.
TxPackets The number of packets transmitted during this call.
TxBytes The number of bytes transmitted during this call.
RxPackets The number of packets received during this call.
RxBytes The number of bytes transmitted during this call.
show isdn dialControl callHistory

Shows the dial control call history reset table.
• configuration
• statistics
7-87
show isdn dialControl callHistory configuration

Uses <<callHistory>> in the rfc2128 MIB.
MaxLength : 5 (operational)
: 5 (configured)
RetainTimer : 0 (operational)
MaxLength The size of the Call History buffer in number of calls. A value
of 0 indicates that no call history is maintained.
RetainTimer The minimum length of time, in minutes, that a call history
entry will be maintained.
show isdn dialControl callHistory statistics (entry/table)

Uses <<callHistoryTable>> in the rfc2128 MIB.
SetUpTime : time when this call was started

ActiveIndex : 1
PeerAddress : "384100"
PeerSubAddress : " "
PeerId : 2
PeerIfIndex : 18
LogicalIfIndex : 19
DisconnectCause : "111"
DisconnectText : "Protocol Error"
ConnectTime : 00Years 000Days 00:00:06
DisconnectTime : 00Years 000Days 00:51:25
CallOrigin : originate
ChargedUnits : 0
TxPackets : 39052
TxBytes : 3028404
RxPackets : 25083
RxBytes : 25083
SetUpTime The time when the call was started.

ActiveIndex A chronological entry of calls started within the same 10
milliseconds of time.
PeerAddress The telephone number to which this call is connected.
PeerSubAddress The subaddress of the connected call.
7-88
PeerId The index value of the Peer Table entry to which this call was
made.
PeerIfIndex The IfIndex number of the Peer Table entry to which this call
was made.
LogicalIfIndex The IfIndex number of the B-channel through which this call
was made.
DisconnectCause The encoded network cause value associated with this call.
This value will depend on the interface type as well as on the
protocol and protocol version being used on this interface.
DisconnectText The ASCII text describing the reason for call termination. This
field should be used only if a management station is unable to
decode the value of dialCtlPeerStatsLastDisconnectCause.
ConnectTime The time when the call was connected.
DisconnectTime The time when the call was disconnected.
CallOrigin For active calls, this field will always indicate originate (for
outgoing calls).
ChargedUnits The number of charged units for this connection. If charging
information is not supplied by the switch, this field will be 0.
InfoType The type of call. Options are speech, unrestrictedDigital,
TxPackets The number of packets transmitted during this call.
TxBytes The number of bytes transmitted during this call.
RxPackets The number of packets received during this call.
RxBytes The number of bytes transmitted during this call.
show isdn dialControl configuration

The device’s ISDN link will not accept incoming calls; therefore, acceptMode must always
be set to acceptNone. TrapStatus will be configured as enabled or disabled.
Uses <<dialCtlConfiguration>> in the rfc2128 MIB.
AcceptMode : acceptKnown (operational)

: acceptKnown (configured)
TrapStatus : disabled (operational)
7-89
AcceptMode The security level for acceptance of incoming calls.

Possible values are acceptNone, acceptAll,
acceptKnown.
TrapStatus Shows whether dialCtlPeerCallInformation and
dialCtlPeerCallSetup traps are generated for the peers.
If the status is enabled, traps will be generated for all
peers. If the status is disabled, traps will be generated
only for peers having dialCtlPeerCfgTrapEnable set to
enabled.
show isdn dialControl peer base (configured/operational) (entry/table)
Id : 1
IfIndex : 12
BChannel : 1
LowerIf : 16
OriginateAddress : "384200"
SubAddress : "11"
ClosedUserGroup : " "
Speed : 64000
Permission : originate
CallRetries : 1
RetryDelay : 1
FailureDelay : 0
TrapStatus : disabled
Id Identifies a single peer. There may be multiple entries for one

peer in order to support multilink as well as backup lines.
IfIndex The ifIndex number of the interface used for calling this peer.
BChannel Indicates whether B-1 or B-2 is calling this peer.
LowerIf The ifIndex number of the D-channel on which the peer will be
called.
OriginateAddress The telephone number on which the peer will be called.
SubAddress The subaddress of the telephone number on which the peer
will be called.
ClosedUserGroup Not Applicable at this time.
Speed The line speed of the B-channel in bits per second.
7-90
InfoType The information transfer capability to be used when calling

this peer. Options are speech, unrestrictedDigital,
Permission Indicates whether or not callback is permitted for charging
purposes. Note: The Passport 4400 does not support
callback at this time. This field will always indicate originate
(for outgoing calls).
CallRetries The number of calls that will be made to a non-responding
address. A value of 0 indicates that there is no limit to the
number of retries.
RetryDelay The time, in seconds, between call retries.
FailureDelay The time, in seconds, following a configured number of
unsuccessful call attempts, before calling is resumed. A value
of 0 indicates that calling will not be resumed.
TrapStatus Indicates whether trap generation is enabled or disabled for
this peer.
show isdn dialControl peer statistics (entry/table)

Uses <<dialCtlPeerStatsTable>> in the rfc2128 MIB.
Id : 1
IfIndex : 12
ConnectTime : 0
ChargedUnit : 0
SucceededCalls : 0
FailedCalls : 0
AcceptedCalls : 0
RefusedCalls : 0
LastDisconnect- : "0"
Cause
LastDisconnect- : "none"
Text
LastSetupTime : 00Years 000Days 00:00:00
Id The index number of the peer.

IfIndex The ifIndex number of the signaling entity.
ConnectTime The accumulated time since startup (in seconds) of all calls.
ChargedUnit The total number of charged units for this peer since startup.
If charging information is not supplied by the switch, this field
will be 0.
7-91
SucceededCalls The total number of calls completed to this peer.

FailedCalls The total number of calls to this peer that have failed.
AcceptedCalls The total number of calls accepted by this peer.
RefusedCalls The total number of calls refused by this peer.
LastDisconnectCause The encoded network cause value associated with this call.
This value will depend on the interface type as well as on the
protocol and protocol version being used on this interface.
LastDisconnectText The ASCII text describing the reason for call termination. This
field should be used only if a management station is unable to
decode the value of dialCtlPeerStatsLastDisconnectCause.
LastSetupTime The time in years, days, hours, minutes and seconds since the
last call to this peer was started.
show isdn physicalIf

Shows the physical basic rate interfaces.
• baseLapd
• basicRate
• bearer(B)Channel
• directory
• endPoint
• lapd
• signalStatistics
• signalTable
show isdn physicalIf baseLapd

• configured
• operational
Shows the unique identifier used as the index into the isdn lapd counter reset table. This
index specifies the particular row of counter objects to be reset
show isdn physicalIf baseLapd (configured/operational) (entry/table)

This table shows configuration and statistics information for all LAPD (D channel Data
Link interfaces on this device.
Uses <<nvmIsdnLapdTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.
Txwinsiz Shows the transmit window size. This value indicates the
maximum number of outstanding unacknowledged
information frames.
Rxwinsiz Shows the receive window size. This value indicates the
information frames.
Txfrmsiz Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.
7-92
Rxfrmsiz Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.

TimerT200 Shows the timer T200 value in milliseconds. T200 is the time
to wait for acknowledgment of a frame before initiating
recovery.
TimerT201 Shows the timer T201 value in milliseconds. T201 is the
minimum time between the transmission of the TEI identity
check messages.
request messages.
request messages.
TimerTM20 Shows the timer TM20 value in milliseconds for TEI
management.
N200 Shows the retry counter N200. This is the maximum number
of retransmissions of a frame.
N202 The value of this object specifies the retry counter N202. This
is the maximum number of transmissions of a TEI identity
request message.
Nm20 Shows the retry counter NM20 for TEI management.
show isdn physicalIf basicRate

• configured
• operational
Shows the parameters for all physical basic rates on this device.
show isdn physicalIf basicRate (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmIsdnBasicRateTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.
LineTopology The line topology to be used for this interface. Possible values
are point to point or point to multipoint.
SignalMode Shows the signaling channel operational mode for this
interface.
• Active - dialup.
• Inactive - leased line.
show isdn physicalIf bearer (entry/table)

Shows the physical interface of the B channel
Uses <<isdnBearerTable>> in the rfc2127 MIB.
7-93
ChannelType Shows whether the B channel is connected to a dialup or a

leased line.
OperStatus Shows the current call control state for this port.
• Idle - shows when no call or call attempt is going active.
• Connecting - shows when a connection attempt (outgoing
call) is being made.
• Connected - showns when an incoming call is in the
process of validation.
• Active - showns when a call is active on this interface.
ChannelNumber Shows the B channel number.
PeerAddress The ISDN address the current or last call is or was connected
to.
PeerSubAddress The ISDN subaddress the current or last call is or was
connected to.
CallOrigin Shows the call origin for the current or last call.
• unknown - There were no calls on this interface since
system startup.
• originate - Indicates outgoing calls.
• answer - Indicates incoming calls.
• callback - Not supported.
InfoType Shows the information transfer capability for the current or last
call.
• speech - non-data connection
• audio31 - 3.1 Khz data mode connection
• audio7 - data mode connection, unrestricted digital
information with tone announcements
• unrestrictedDigital - as defined in Q.931
• unrestrictedDigital56 - as defined in Q.931 with 56K
rate adaptation.
Multirate Shows whether the current or last call used multirate. Possible
values are true and false.
CallSetupTime Shows the value of sysUpTime when the ISDN setup
message for the current or last call was sent or received. If
since system startup there has been no call on this interface
this object has a value of zero.
7-94
CallConnectTime The value of sysUpTime when the ISDN connect message for
the current or last call was sent or received. If since system
startup there has been no call on this interface, this object has
a value of zero.
ChargedUnits The number of charged units for the current or last connection.
show isdn physicalif directory

• configured
• operational
Shows a directory of the physical interfaces.
show isdn physicalIf directory (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmIsdnDirectoryTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.
Index : 1
Number : "1212"
SignalingIndex : 1
Index : 2
Number : "2323"
SignalingIndex : 1
Index The index value that identifies this entry in the

isdnDirectoryTable.
Number Shows the directory number for this entry. Directory numbers
are used to identify incoming calls on the signaling channel.
SignalingIndex An index pointing to an ISDN signaling channel. Incoming
calls are accepted on this signaling channel.
7-95
show isdn physicalIf endpoint

• configured
• operational
Shows the table containing configuration parameters for terminal endpoints.
show isdn physicalIf endpoint (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmIsdnEndpointTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.
Index :1
TEIType :dynamic
TEIValue :127
ServiceProfileID :"384000"
:
Index :2
TEIType :dynamic
TEIValue :127
ServiceProfileID :"2222"
Index The index ID of this entry in the ISDN endpoint table.

TEIType Terminal endpoint identifier type used for this terminal
endpoint.
dynamic - TEI value is selected by the switch.
static - A TEI value must be entered in the ISDN
endpoint TEI value object.
TEIValue Terminal endpoint identifier entered as a numeric
value.
ServiceProfileId The service profile identifier (SPID) information for this
terminal endpoint.
show isdn physicalIf lapd (entry/table)

Shows the table holding configuration and statistical information for all LAPD interfaces for
this device.
Uses <<isdnLapdTable>> in the rfc2127 MIB.
Rxwinsiz Shows the receive window size. This value indicates the
information frames.
Txfrmsiz Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.
Rxfrmsiz Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.
7-96
TimerT200 Shows the timer T200 value in milliseconds. T200 is the time
to wait for acknowledgment of a frame before initiating
recovery.
check messages.
request messages.
request messages.
TimerTM20 Shows the timer TM20 value in milliseconds for TEI
management.
n200 Shows the retry counter N200. This is the maximum number
of retransmissions of a frame.
n202 The value of this object specifies the retry counter N202. This
is the maximum number of transmissions of a TEI identity
request message.
nm20 Shows the retry counter NM20 for TEI management.
show isdn physicalIf signalStatistics (entry/table)

Uses <<isdnSignalingStatsTable>> in the rfc2127 MIB.
InCalls The number of incoming calls on this interface.

InConnected The number of incoming calls on this interface that were
connected.
OutCalls The number of outgoing calls on this interface.
OutConnected The number of outgoing calls on this interface that were
connected.
ChargedUnits The number of charging units on this interface since system
startup.
show isdn physicalIf signalTable

• configured
• operational
show isdn physicalIf signalTable (configured/operational) entry

Uses <<nvm IsdnSignalingTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.
7-97
Index :1
Protocol :etsi
CallingAddress :"384000"
SubAddress :"30"
InfoTrapStatus :disabled
:
Index :2
Protocol :etsi
CallingAddress :"384000"
SubAddress :"30"
InfoTrapStatus :disabled
Index IfIndex for this entry.

Protocol Protocol type supported by the switch providing
access to the ISDN network.
• dss1 - ITU DSS1 (formerly CCITT) Q.931
• etsi - Europe / ETSI ETS300-102
• ess5 - U.S.A. / AT&T 5ESS
• dms100 - U.S.A. / Northern Telecom DMS100
• ni1 - U.S.A. / National ISDN 1 (BRI)
• vn2 - France / VN2
• vn3 - France / VN3
• ins64 - Japan / NTT INS64
• itr6 - Germany/ 1TR6 (BRI, PRI)
CallingAddress The ISDN address assigned to this signaling
channel.
SubAddress Supplementary information to the ISDN address
assigned to this signaling channel. Usually, the
subaddress is defined in Q.931. If there is no such
number defined or required, this is a zero length
string.
InfoTrapStatus Indicates the status of the isdnMibCallInformation
traps. Possible values are enabled and disabled.
7-98
show msm
Shows configuration and statistics for msm (MPANL signaling management).
• dceLinkStatus
• dnaStatus
• dteLink
• linkStatus
• profile
• statistics
show msm dceLinkStatus (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmMSMDCELinkStatusTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB.
StatusIfIndex IfIndex associated with the PANL DCE link.

NodeId DCE remote node ID.
CustId DCE remote customer ID.
RxBw Remote receiving bandwidth.
MaxFrameSize DCE remote frame size.
DLCIRange The highest DLCI value allowed for the remote side.
show msm dnaStatus (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmMSMDNAStatusTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB.
PrefixNumber DNA prefix number of the attached device

IfIndex IfIndex value showing the appropriate DCE PANL
interface.
Association Status corresponding to the specified DNA prefix.
Possible values are associatedDNA and
deassociatedDNA.
show msm dteLink (configured/operational)

Shows DTE link information for the physical IfIndices used for the MPANL link between
the access device and the frame relay switch. The sample display is for the primary WAN
link on IfIndex 155.
Uses <<nvmMSMDTELinkCftTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB.
IfIndex : 155 (operational)
: 155 (configured)
MaxSubChannelRange : 63 (operational)
: 63 (configured)
DTEReceiverBW : 64000 (operational)
7-99
DCEReceiverBW : 64000 (operational)

DTEMaxFrameSize : 80 (operational)
: 80 (configured)
DCEMaxFrameSize 80 (operational)
80 (configured)
MaxSubChannelRange The highest DLCI number that can be used on this link. The
maximum allowable DLCI on the MPANL link is 255.
DTEReceiverBW The maximum throughput in bits per second that the MPANL
DTE (normally the 4400 device) is capable of receiving.
DCEReceiverBW The maximum throughput in bits per second that the MPANL
DCE (normally the Passport FP) is capable of receiving.
DTEMaxFrameSize The maximum size in bytes of frames transmitted by the
4400 device to the frame relay switch.
DCEMaxFrameSize The maximum size in bytes of frames received by the 4400
device from the frame relay switch.
Note: The operational values of DTEReceiverBW and

DCEReceiverBW shown in the table above correspond to the
values that have been provisioned for the PANL ifIndex on the
device. If the provisioned values do not match the values
configured on the frame relay switch, then this table will not
indicate the actual line speed of the PANL link, since the frame
relay switch, acting as DCE, controls the line speed.
It is not possible to display the actual line speed via the CLI if the
provisioned line speed does not match the actual line speed as
determined by the frame relay switch.
show msm dteLinkStatus (entry/table)

Shows the DTE link status for the IfIndices used for the MPANL link between the 4400
device and the frame relay switch.
IfIndex : 155
LAPFStatus : up
LocalComponentName : "MPA/D1_1 MPANL/155"
RemoteComponentName : "EM/CONF2 Mpanml/600 SigMpanl"
7-100
LAPFStatus The status (UP or DOWN) of the Link Access Procedure

for Frame-mode bearer services on the PANL link.
LocalComponentName MPA is a pre-programmed identifier for the device; D1_1 is
the configured node name; PANL/155 is a system-
generated identifier indicating the ifIndex number of the
physical port providing the PANL link.
RemoteComponentName Generated by the device software after the PANL link has
been established; CONF2 is the remote node name of the
frame relay switch.
show msm profile

Shows the entries in the MPANL signaling profile parameters table.
Uses <<mcmMSMProfileCfgGroup>> and <<nvmMSMProfileCfgGroup>> in the
mcmmsm MIB.
NodeId :1 (operational)
:1 (configured)
CustomerId :0 (operational)
:0 (configured)
DNAPrefix :"[x121]" (operational)
:"[x121]" (configured)
NodeId An integer from 1 to 65535 that uniquely identifies a unit. Used as an

index into the MSM Profile Table. Provisioned using define msm
profile nodeid.
CustomerId An integer from 0 to 65535 that uniquely identifies the customer to
which this 4400 unit belongs; used in registering the Egress table.
Provisioned using define msm profile customerid.
DNAPrefix The prefix of the Directory Network Address that uniquely identifies
this 4400 unit within the network topology.
show msm statistics (entry/table)

Shows the PANL switch map connection statistics for the physical IfIndices used for the
MPANL link between the device and the frame relay switch. This example is for the primary
WAN link on IfIndex 155. It shows the number of PANL switch map links established, the
number of disconnects that have occurred and the number of times the link has been
reestablished.
Uses <<mcmMSMStatsLAPFConnTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB>.
7-101
IfIndex : 149
Established : 2
Disconnects : 1
TxProfile : 0
RxProfile : 0
TxRestartReq : 0
RxRestartReq : 0
DnaAssociation : 0
DnaDeassociation : 0
TxPANLInfoElements : 0
RxPANLInfoElements : 0
IfIndex IfIndex for MSM statistics in the LAP-F connections table.

Established The number of times the LAP-F connection was
established.
Disconnects The number of times a LAP-F connection was broken.
TxProfile The number of profiles sent without a restart request.
RxProfile The number of profiles received without a restart request.
TxRestartReq The number of restart requests sent.
RxRestartReq The number of restart requests sent.
DnaAssociation Counter showing the number of DNA prefix associations.
DnaDeassociation Counter showing the number of DNA prefix
deassociations.
TxPANLInfoElements Counter showing the number of PANL information
elements sent.
RxPANLInfoElements Counter showing the number of PANL information
elements sent.
show nac
• cache
• parameters
• server
• statistics
show nac cache (configured/operational) (table/entry)

Uses <<nvmNacCacheTable>> in the mcmnac MIB.
7-102
EgressNumber EgressDialString associated with a voice channel.

ServerIpAddress Network address of the server that resolved this entry.
DnaAddress DNA address of the unit holding this voice channel.
show nac parameters

AddrResolveRetries : 3 (operational)
: 3 (configured)
AddrResolveTimeOut : (operational)
: (configured)
CacheStatus : (operational)
: (configured)
NumOfCacheEntries : (operational)
: (configured)
CustomerID : (operational)
AddrResolveRetries The number of times an address resolution request is sent

to the server to get DNA address.
AddrResolveTimeOut The time in milliseconds after which an address resolution
request will be re-sent in case the previous one is not
answered.
CacheStatus Status of the caching process for previously resolved
addresses. Possible values are enabled or disabled.
NumOfCacheEntries Maximum number of address resolutions to be cached in
memory.
CustomerID A unique number used to identify all units belonging to a
particular customer.
show nac server (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<NacServerTable>> in the mcmnac MIB.
IpAddress Network address of the server.

Name Name of the server supplied by the user.
Status Availability status of the server to be used for address
resolution. Possible values are enabled or disabled.
HelloType The interval of between transmission of two consecutive
Hello messages to the server. Value shown in seconds.
ServerType Status type of the NAS server. Possible values are primary
and secondary.
7-103
show nac statistics

Uses <<nacStatisticsGroup>> in the mcmnac MIB.
CacheEntriesCount : 0 StaticEntriesCount : 0
RequestsCount : 0 LocalResolvedCount : 0
PurgeCount : 0 VoiceRegisterCount : 0
DNAChargeCount : 1 ServerCount : 0
ServerRequestCount : 0 ServerResolvedCount : 0
ServerNotFoundCount : 0 TimeoutCount : 0
Hello1Count : 0 Hello2Count : 0
Hello3Count : 0 RegisterCount : 0
CacheEntriesCount Number of entries currently in cache. Includes learned and

static entries.
RequestsCount Total number of DNA requests received from voice.
PurgeCount Total purge requests received from voice.
DNAChangeCount Total DNA changes received from driver. These can be
either learned or provisioned.
ServerRequestCount Total DN-DNA requests made to all servers.
ServerNotFoundCount Total DN-DNA requests resolved with phone number not
found in server.
Hello1Count The number of keep alive hellos sent to this server.
Hello3Count The number of hellos sent that request a response. Used
to revive a notAvailable server.
StaticEntriesCount Number of static entries currently in cache.
LocalResolvedCount Total number of DN-DNA requests resolved out of local
cache.
VoiceRegisterCount Total number of re-register requests received from voice.
ServerCount Total number of servers configured to resolve addresses.
ServerResolvedCount Total number of DN-DNA requests resolved by all servers.
TimeoutCount Total number of DN-DNA requests timed out.
Hello2Count The number of hellos indicating a change in registration
table to this server.
RegisterCount The number of times this server has acknowledged a
registration change.
7-104
show nas
• basic
• mpa
• statistics
• system
show nas basic (entry/table)

Uses <<nasDNTable>> in the mcmnas MIB.
CustomerID : INTEGER (1..65535)

DNADigits "String" (1..40)
CustomerID The unique identifier of the customer network.

DNADigits The DNA digits in ASCII format that identify a row in the
table.
show nas mpa (entry/table)

Uses <<nasOscarTable>> in the mcmnas MIB.
CustomerID : INTEGER
DNDigits "String"
CustomerID The unique identifier of the customer network.

DNADigits The DNA digits in ASCII format that identify a row in the
table.
State The state of this entry in the MPA table. Possible values
are valid and invalid.
IpAddress The network address used by the MPA to communicate
with this NAS.
SuppDns The number of DN entries supported by this MPA. The
size of the egress table.
show nas statistics table

Uses <<nasStat>> in the mcmnas MIB.
RxDNARequests : 0 RxDNAResolveds : 0
RxDNAUnResolveds : 0 RxNACHellos : 0
RxRegisters : 0 RxUnknowns : 0
RegisterSuccess : 0 RegisterFails : 0
7-105
TimeOuts : 0 TxNASHellos : 0
TxRegisterRequest : 0 :
RxDNARequests Address mapping requests received by this server from

devices belonging to all customers served by this NAS.
RxDNAUnResolveds The number of address mapping requests this server
was unable to resolve.
RxRegisters Number of register messages received by this server
from devices belonging to all customers serviced by this
NAS.
RegisterSuccess Number of register packets successfully serviced by this
server.
TimeOuts Number of devices aged out from the database due to
HELLO messages not received in time.
TxRegisterRequest Number of NAS register-request messages sent out by
this NAS.
RxDNAResolveds Number of DN-DNA mappings resolved by this NAS.
RxNACHellos Number of hello messages received from all devices
belonging to all customers that are serviced by this NAS.
RxUnknowns Number of unknown messages received by this server.
RegisterFails Number of device registration attempts failed by this
server.
TxNASHellos Number of NAS hello messages sent out by this NAS.
show nas system parameters

Uses <<nasBase>> in the mcmnas MIB.
AgingTime : 800 operational

: 800 configured
TableSize : 0 (operational)
NumOfRegisteredDN : 0 (operational)
7-106
AgingTime The server age time for aging the registered Passport
4400 entries.
TableSize Number of devices belonging to all customers that are
currently registered with this server.
NumOfRegisteredDN Number of registered of DNs belonging to all customers
that are currently registered with this server.
show port
Shows the parameters, values and statistics for the specified port.
• ifNumber
• parameters
show port ifNumber

This option is not used.
show port parameters (entry/table)

Shows communications parameters for a single IfIndex or for all of the configured IfIndices
in the device. Here is a sample display for IfIndex 4, the virtual port used for carrying
network management traffic.
IfIndex : 4
Description : "FrameRelay Virtual Port"
IfType : other
Mtu : 0
Speed : 0
PhysAddress : 0
AdminStatus : up
OperStatus : up
LastChange : 00Years 000Days 00:00:00
RxOctets : 573240
RxUnicastPackets : 2958
RxNonUnicastPackets : 0
RxDiscards : 0
RxErrors : 0
RxUnknownProtocols : 0
TxOctets : 620
TxUnicastPackets : 31
TxNonUnicastPackets : 0
7-107
TxDiscards 0
TxErrors 0
TxQueueLength 0
Specific "0.0"
Description A textual string containing information about the interface.

IfType The type of interface, distinguished according to the physical or
link protocol(s) immediately below the network layer in the
protocol stack; for a virtual interface, the type is Other.
Mtu Maximum Transfer Unit. The size in octets of the largest
datagram that can be sent or received on this interface.
Speed An estimate of the current bandwidth of the interface in bits per
second (bps).
PhysAddress The address of the interface at the protocol layer immediately
below the network layer in the protocol stack. For interfaces not
having such an address, an octet string of zero length will be
shown.
AdminStatus Indicates whether the interface will be UP, DOWN, or in the
Testing state when the next reset occurs. In the Testing state,
no operational packets can be passed.
OperStatus The current operational state of the interface.
LastChange The value of SysUpTime at the time the interface entered its
current operational state. If the current state was entered prior
to the last system reset, this field will contain a zero value.
RxOctets The number of octets received on this interface since the last
reset of the counters, including framing characters.
RxUnicastPackets The number of subnetwork-unicast packets delivered to a
higher-layer protocol since the last reset of the counters.
RxNonUnicastPackets The number of subnetwork-broadcast or subnetwork-multicast
packets delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
RxDiscards The number of inbound packets on this interface that were
discarded even though no errors were detected to prevent them
from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
RxErrors The number of inbound packets that contained errors, thus
preventing them from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol.
RxUnknownProtocols The number of packets received on this interface that were
discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.
TxOctets The total number of octets transmitted out of this interface since
the last reset of the counters, including framing characters.
TxUnicastPackets The total number of packets that higher-layer protocols
requested be transmitted to a subnetwork-unicast address,
including those that were discarded or not sent.
7-108
TxNonUnicastPackets The total number of packets that higher-layer protocols

requested be transmitted to a subnetwork-broadcast or
subnetwork-multicast address, including those that were
discarded or not sent.
TxDiscards The number of outbound packets on this interface that were
discarded even though no errors were detected to prevent them
from being transmitted.
TxErrors The number of outbound packets on this interface that could
not be transmitted because of errors.
TxQueueLength The number of bytes of memory in the transmit queue for this
interface.
Specific A reference to MIB definitions specific to the particular media
being used for this interface.
show rsi
Shows the rsi system configuration parameters.
• cache
• definedParameters
• server
• setParameters
• statistics
show rsi cache (entry/table)

Shows the maximum number of address resolutions cached in memory.
Uses <<RSICacheCftTable>> in the mcmrsi MIB.
DNDigits Specifies the dialing number sequence resolved to a DNA.

Used as the index to the RSI cache configuration table.
DNAAddr The DNA address of the destination unit for the specified DN
digit string.
ProfileNumber The number of the profile associated with this entry.
NumberOfHits The number of times this entry was used by this unit for
resolving dialed digits.
ServerDNA The DNA address of the server that resolved this entry.
7-109
show rsi definedParameters (configured/operational)

Shows configuration parameters applicable to the RSI-RSA interface.
Uses <<nvmRSISysCftDefGroup>> in the mcmrsi MIB.
VNCSId : 1 NumOfCacheEntries : 10
VNCSId Shows the VNCS ID for this database.

NumOfCacheEntries The maximum number of address resolutions to be
cached in memory.
show rsi server (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Shows the rsi server configuration. This table provides the list of servers the unit can use to
request address resolutions from.
Uses <<nvmRSIServerTable>> in the mcmrsi MIB.
<DNAAddress> : "String" (1..40)
DNAAddr The RSI server DNA address specifies the DNA digits
corresponding to a unique RSA. This value is used as the
index to the RSI server configuration table.
Name Name of the server supplied by the user.
Type Indicates the preferred server type that that will be
consulted for address resolution. Possible values are
primary and secondary.
EntryRowStatus Shows the entry status for a row in the RSA table. Possible
values are add, delete and active.
show rsi setParameters (configured/operational)

Shows the rsi system configuration parameters. The objects in this group can be set.
Uses <<rsiSysCfgSetGroup>> in the mcmrsi MIB.
NumOfAddrResRequest : 1 ResReqTimeOut : 5
CacheStatus : enabled
7-110
AddrResRequest Shows the number of times an address resolution request

is sent to the RSA to get a DNA address.
ResReqTimeOut Shows the timeout period after which an address
resolution request will be re-sent to the RSA in case the
previous one is not answered. Shown in tenths of a
second.
CacheStatus Shows the ability to cache previously resolved addresses
or the capability to remove previously resolved addresses
from the cache. Possible values are enabled, disabled or
flush.
show rsi statistics

Shows the rsi statistics counter parameters.
Uses <<RSIStatisticsGroup>> in the mcmrsi MIB.
CacheCount : 0 RxDNAReqCount : 0
LocalResolvedCount : 0 RxPurgeCount : 0
ServerCount : 0 ServerRequestCount : 0
ServerResolvedCount : 0 PhoneNotFoundCount : 0
TimeoutCount : 0 RecoveryCount : 0
7-111
CacheCount Shows the number of entries currently in the RSI cache.

LocalResolvedCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests resolved out of
the local RSI cache.
ServerCount Shows the number of servers configured to resolve
addresses.
ServerResolvedCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests resolved by all
servers.
TimeoutCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests timed out.
RxDNAReqCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests received from the
voice application.
RxPurgeCount Shows the number of purge requests received from the
voice application.
ServerRequestCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests made to all
servers.
PhoneNotFoundCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests with phone
numbers not found in servers.
RecoveryCount Shows the number of attempts to connect to all servers.
show snmp statistics

Shows statistics regarding SNMP communications. Some of the parameters in the display
will show a value of zero in implementations that are optimized to support specific functions
to a management agent or a management station. Note that the parameters in the display
refer to an SNMP entity. There may be several SNMP entities residing on a managed node.
Uses <<snmpGroup>> in the rfc1213 MIB.
RxPackets : 323 TxPackets : 322

BadVersions : 0 RxBadCommunityNames : 0
RxBadCommunityUses : 0 RxASNParseErrors : 0
RxTooBigs : 0 RxNoSuchNames : 0
RxBadValues : 0 RxReadOnlys : 0
RxGeneralErrors : 0 RxValidGet/GetNexts : 2410
RxValidSets : 24 RxGetRequests : 81
RxGetNexts : 218 RxSetRequests : 24
RxGetResponses : 0 RxTraps : 16190
TxTooBigs : 0 TxNoSuchNames : 28
TxBadValues : 2 TxGeneralErrors : 0
TxGetRequests : 0 TxGetNexts : 0
TxSetRequests : 0 TxGetResponses : 322
TxTraps : 0 AuthenTraps : enabled
7-112
RxPackets The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP

entity from the device.
TxPackets The total number of SNMP messages passed from the SNMP
entity to the device.
RxBadVersions The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP
entity which were for an unsupported SNMP version.
RxBadCommunity The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP
entity which used an SNMP community name not known to
the entity.
RxBadCommunityUses The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP
entity which represented an operation not allowed by the
SNMP community named in the message.
RxASNParseErrors The total number of ASN.1 or BER errors encountered by the
SNMP entity when decoding received SNMP messages.
RxTooBigs The total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity
for which the value of the error-status field is tooBig.
RxNoSuchNames The total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity
for which the value of the error-status field is noSuchName.
RxBadValues The total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity
for which the value of the error-status field is badValue.
RxReadOnlys The total number of valid SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP
entity for which the value of the error-status field is readOnly.
Note: It is a protocol error to generate an SNMP PDU which
contains readOnly in the error-status field. This object
provides a means of detecting incorrect implementations of
the SNMP.
RxGeneralErrors The total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity
for which the value of the error-status field is genErr.
RxValidGet/GetNexts The total number of MIB objects that have been received
successfully by the SNMP entity as a result of valid
Get-Request and Get-Next PDUs.
RxValidSets The total number of MIB objects that have been altered
successfully by the SNMP entity as a result of valid
Set-Request PDUs.
RxGetRequests The total number of Get-Request PDUs that have been
accepted and processed by the SNMP entity.
RxGetNexts The total number of Get-Next PDUs that have been accepted
and processed by the SNMP entity.
RxSetRequests The total number of Set-Request PDUs that have been
RxGetResponses The total number of Get-Response PDUs that have been
7-113
RxTraps The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs that have been
TxTooBigs The total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP
entity for which the value of the error-status field is tooBig.
TxNoSuchNames The total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP
entity for which the value of the error-status field is
noSuchName.
TxBadValues The total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP
entity for which the value of the error-status field is badValue.
TxGeneralErrors The total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP
entity for which the value of the error-status field is genErr.
TxGetRequests The total number of Get-Request PDUs generated by the
SNMP entity.
TxGetNexts The total number of Get-Nextt PDUs generated by the SNMP
entity.
TxSetRequests The total number of Set-Request PDUs generated by the
SNMP entity.
TxGetResponses The total number of Get-Response PDUs generated by the
SNMP entity.
TxTraps The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs generated by the
SNMP entity.
AuthenTraps Indicates whether or not authentication traps have been
enabled. The default setting is enabled.
7-114
show system
Shows system values, parameters and statistics.
• administration
• card
• chassisStatus
• commitTrack
• communityString
• configUpdate
• consolePort
• firmware
• hardware
• ifIndex
• image
• interfaceExtension
• physicalCard
• privilege
• restartReason
• rollback
• statistics
• system
• timeOfDay
• traps
show system admininistration

Shows system information used by the system administrator.
Uses the <<systemGroup>> in the rfc1213 MIB.
ConfigVersion :"Passport_4400_Rel_3.0.0_Rev_CX 0.0.32

09/16/98 15:07:13"
ObjectID :"1.3.6.1.4.1.335.1.4"
UpTime : 00Years 001Days 17:21:19
Contact :"MIS Department"
NodeName :"U1_1"
Location :"Simi Valley, CA"
Services :4
ConfigVersion The release number, revision number and date of the installed
factory default configuration file.
ObjectID A unique number for this device; assigned by the factory.
UpTime The time the system has been running since the last reset.
7-115
Contact Contact name for this unit. Provisioned using set system
administration.
NodeName Unique name for this unit. Provisioned using set system
administration.
Location Location name for this unit. Provisioned using set system
administration.
Services Shows the number of software services currently in operation on
this device.
show system card

Shows information about a single module in the device or shows a table of all modules in the
device. The modules are designated as follows:
• Base module - limA
• Serial interface modules - lim1 and lim2
• Voice modules
— three Slot unit - limB and limC
— five Slot unit - limB, limC, limD and limE
Uses <<mcmSysLimTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.
show system card entry

Shows information for each lim as specified.
<LogicalInterfModule> : limA | lim1|

lim2 | lim3|
lim4 | limB|
limC | limD|
limE
show system card entry limA

This sample shows information about limA, the ethernet base module.
LogicalInterfModule : limA
ModuleName : "EBM"
PcbPartNumber : "NTAU01AA"
PcbReleaseString : " "
SerialNumber : "NNTM03Y61C6R"
ManufactureDate : "071097"
7-116
show system card table

Shows information for each card installed in the device. This sample shows the display for a
three slot unit with an ethernet base module installed.
LogicalInterfModule : limA
ModuleName : "EBM"
PcbPartNumber : "NTAU01AA"
SerialNumber : "NNTM03Y61C6R"
ManufactureDate : "071097"
LogicalInterfModule : lim1
ModuleName : "NO_MODULE_INSTALLED"
PcbPartNumber : " "
SerialNumber : " "
ManufactureDate : " "
LogicalInterfModule : lim2
ModuleName : "NO_MODULE_INSTALLED"
PcbPartNumber : " "
SerialNumber : " "
ManufactureDate : " "
show system chassisStatus

Shows the status of the device hardware.
Uses <<mcmSysChassisGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
NumberOfSlots : 3Slots CoolingFan : Running

Type : type B Status : normal
PowerSupplyCnt : 1 Redundant : no
NumberOfSlots Indicates whether the device is a 3-Slot or a 5-Slot unit.

Type Specifies the type of power supply based on the type of voltage.
Type A = DC voltage; Type B = AC voltage.
PowerSupplyCnt Indicates how many power supplies are in the unit.
CoolingFan Indicates the status of the cooling fan.
7-117
Status Indicates the general status of the unit. Possible indications are
normal and fault.
Redundant Indicates whether or not the unit contains a redundant power
supply.
show system commitTrack

Shows the counter for commit tracking.
Uses <<mcmSysCommitTrackingGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
Counter : 4
SrcIPAddrLastCommit : 127.0.0.1
CommunityLastCommit : "micom"
TimeLastCommit : 00Years 003Days 00:29:50
Counter The number of commit commands executed since the last

default reset (cold start).
SrcIPAddrLastCommit The IP address of the SNMP manager that issued the last
successful SET operation.
CommunityLastCommit Contains the community string (password) of the user
who was logged into the CLI the last time a code or
configuration bank was committed, or a confirm
rollback confirm command was executed. This field
is cleared after any reset, and the system inserts “micom.”
TimeLastCommit The elapsed time since a code or configuration bank was
last committed. The default is all zeros.
show system communityString

Shows the current password for a single community string index or the passwords for all of
the community string indices.
Uses <<mcmSysCommunityStringTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.
The following is the default community string table.
show system communityString entry
StringIndex : nSP-Configurator | nSP-Operator |

nSP-Monitor | customer-Configurator |
customer-Operator | customer-Monitor
7-118
show system communityString table
StringIndex StringCommunity
nSP-Configurator "private"
nSP-Operator "public"
nSP-Monitor "proxy"
customer-Configurator "regional"
customer-Operator "core"
customer-Monitor "nortel"
show system configUpdate

Shows the current status of the configuration update function. ConfigUpdate is enabled by
using the set command.
Uses <<mcmSysSmartCfgGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
ConfigUpdate : ok
show system consolePort

Shows the current baud rate, data bits, stop bits and parity settings for the management port
on the ethernet base module. These values are set using the set system consoleport
command.
Uses <<mcmSysConsolePortGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
The following is a sample display.
BaudRate : 9600bps StopBits : 1

DataBits : 8 Parity : off
show system firmware

Shows the current status of all system firmware. The display shown below has been modified
to fit the format of this manual.
Uses <<mcmSysFirmwareGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
OperationType : accessRouter
CommitConfigBank : none
ConfigSaveBank : bank3
ActiveConfigBank : bank3
ConfigReadBank : bank3
CodeReadBank : bank1
CommitCodeBank : bank1
7-119
CodeVersion : "Passport_4400_Rel_2.0.0_Rev_AX 0.0.32

03/16/98 15:07:13"
ConfigVersion : "Passport_4400_Rel_2.0.0_Rev_AX 0.0.32
03/16/98 15:07:13"
All non-volatile memory is logically divided into five memory banks: one bank for boot code
(Bank 0), two for application code and two for configuration data. Bank 1 and Bank 2 each
contain one application file; Bank 3 and Bank 4 each store one configuration file. It is possible
for Passport 4400 to store two different versions of application code and two different versions
of configuration data. Only one version of boot code can be stored in Bank 0. The memory
banks are set using the set system firmware command. Other items in this display are
described below.
OperationType This parameter is not currently implemented.

CodeVersion The release number, revision number and date of the currently-
running application code.
ConfigVersion The release number, revision number and date the configuration file
was provisioned.
show system hardware

Shows information to identify system hardware.
Uses MMmcmHWTypeGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
RevisionLevel : 8
ManufactureRevDate : "071097"
SerialNumber : "M03Y61C6R"
ModuleID : 2
MACAddress : 00:60:38:05:00:63
CPUType : "68040"
GenCfgType : passport4400
RevisionLevel The hardware revision level of the Ethernet Base Module.

ManufactureRevDate The manufacture date of the board identified by serial number
below.
SerialNumber The serial number of the Ethernet Base Module of this unit.
ModuleID Factory information only.
MACAddress The MAC address of the Ethernet port on the base module.
CPUType Indicates the CPU type for this access device.
GenCfgType Indicates the model type for this access device.
7-120
show system IfIndex (configured/operational)

Shows all IfIndices associated with the device.
Uses <<nvmSysIfExtTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.
IfIndex IfExtType PPA Slot
1 ethernetCsmacd 0 limA
2 propVirtual 0 limA
3 other 0 limA
5 propMultiplexor 1 limA
6 other 1 limA
7 propMultiplexo 2 limA
8 other 2 limA
9 frameRelay 2 limA
The following IfIndex numbers are hard-coded.
IfIndex Description
Logical interface for frame relay SVCs associated with frame relay
1 pass-through on serial Port 1.
2 Virtual port for user LAN traffic (frame relay).
3 Virtual port for bridging.
4 Virtual port for network management traffic (frame relay).
The device supports up to 19 WAN ports: 3 on the base module, and 8 on each of two Data
Expansion Modules (DEMs). The WAN ports are assigned fixed ifIndex numbers as shown
in the tables below.
Base Module
Port Number IfIndex - Port IfIndex - Connector IfIndex - Frame Relay

1 150 151 not defined
2 153 154 149
3 156 157 148
7-121
Data Expansion Module 1

1 159 160 161
2 162 163 164
3 165 166 167
4 168 169 170
5 171 172 173
6 174 175 176
7 177 178 179
8 180 181 182
Data Expansion Module 2

1 183 184 185
2 186 187 188
3 189 190 191
4 192 193 194
5 195 196 197
6 198 199 200
7 201 202 203
8 204 205 206
7-122
Note: When the hardware is installed, the port and connector ifIndex
values are assigned. The frame relay ifIndex number is only
assigned when the port is configured with a protocol support
type of frameRelayDTE or frameRelayDCE.
Following is a typical IfIndex Table for a device containing two Data Expansion Modules
(DEMs) and an Analog Voice Module.
1 ethernetCsmacd 0 limA
3 other 0 limA
7 other 0 limA
8 other 0 limA
151 other 1 limA
152 frameRelayService 1 limA
154 v35 2 limA
155 frameRelay 2 limA
159 propMultiplexor 1 lim1
160 other 1 lim1
161 frameRelayService 1 lim1
163 other 2 lim1
164 frameRelayService 2 lim1
166 other 3 lim1
169 other 4 lim1
184 other 1 lim2
187 other 2 lim2
190 other 3 lim2
193 other 4 lim2
7-123
show system image

Shows information about the software associated with each operational ifIndex in the
Passport 4400.
Uses <<mcmSysFirmwareImageTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.
Here is a display for IfIndices 1, 2 and 3.
Index :1
Bank : bank0
Software : boot
Filename : "BT2_0_0.BOOT"
Version : "Passport_4400_Rel_2.0.0_Rev_AX 0.0.23
03/31/98 18:47:58"
Size : 219032
CommitStatus : committed
BurnCount :0
Items listed by the show system image command are defined here:
Bank The memory bank where the software module for this ifIndex is
stored.
Software The type of software: boot, code, or config.
Filename The filename of the software module running on this ifIndex.
Version The release number and revision level of the software module.
Size The size of the software module in bytes.
CommitStatus Committed (write-protected) or uncommitted.
BurnCount The number of writes to Flash memory that have occurred since the
last default reset (cold start).
Note: During a TFTP software download, you cannot display system

image information. This is because any read access to a flash
memory bank would abort a write operation in progress on that
memory bank.
show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Shows extended information about a single configured or operational ifIndex.
Uses <<nvmSysIfExtTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.
The example shows the display from the show system interfaceExtension configuration
entry 3 command.
Ifindex : 3
IfExtName : 0
7-124
IfExtType : other
LnkUpDownTrapEnable : yes
ConnectorPresent : no
PersistenceType : non-volatile
IfExtState : configured
PPA : 0
Slot : limA
Channel : -1
PPADevicesType : loopDriver
Items listed by the show system interfaceExtension command are listed here.
IfExtName A pre-programmed interface name. If the interface does not

have a name, a 0 is used.
IfExtType The type of interface.
LnkUpDownTrapEnable Indicates whether or not a trap will be generated when the
link goes UP or DOWN.
ConnectorPresent Yes if the interface is physical; No if the interface is logical or
virtual.
PersistenceType Indicates whether the Persistence Type is volatile or non-
volatile.
IfExtState Indicates whether or not this ifExt entry is configured.
PPA The PPA number of the interface. Assigned internally. See
show system ifIndex for more information.
Slot The Passport 4400 slot where the interface is located. Slots
are named, not numbered. The Base Module is limA; Data
Expansion Modules are lim1, lim2, lim 3, lim 4 and voice
modules are limB, limC, limD, and limE.
Channel Used for serial data connections and for DSP voice
channels. See explanation below.
PPADevicesType Indicates the PPA device type of this interface.
Note: The Channel Number object displays a value of -1 for all modules
except the ISDN. When an ISDN module is installed, an actual
channel number value will be displayed
Channel Number
The channel number is used along with the slot and PPA number to uniquely identify an
interface within a device type; however, the channel number itself is not unique across all
device types.
For interfaces describing serial data connections (data ports), the channel number refers to the
physical data channel. For interfaces describing DSP voice channels, the channel number
7-125
refers to the corresponding voice channel number. For interface types that do not use channel
number, the value of -1 is used.
show system physicalCard

Shows a list of the hardware modules currently installed in the device.
Uses <<mcmSysPhysTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.
The example shows a 5-slot unit with two data expansion modules and one voice module
installed.
PhysicalInterfModule LogicalInterfModule
1 limA
2 lim1
3 lim2
4 limB
5 none
show system privilege

Shows the current system community string privilege level for the local CLI port. The nSP-
Configurator value is the highest privilege.
Uses <<mcmSysValidateCommunityString>> in the mcmsys MIB.
To display a complete list of privilege levels and their passwords, use the show system
communitystring table command.
LastCommunPrivLev : nSP-Configurator
show system RestartReason

Shows the type of reset last used on the local Passport 4400. Where the last reset was
initiated by the system, the display will indicate: unknown. Where the unit is power-cycled,
the display will indicate UnknownHardwareFault. Other possible RestartReason
responses are cliCurrentReset, hwButtonOrCLICPUReset or
hwButtonDefaultUnknownSWState.
Uses <<mcmSysResetGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
A sample display is shown here.
RestartReason : CLIDefaultResetUnknownSWState
TimeOfLastReset : " "
7-126
show system rollback

Shows the current status of the system rollback feature. If rollback is disabled, the status will
indicate not-required. If rollback is enabled, the status will be one of the following:
• required - configuration changes have been made, the unit has been reset, and the
confirm rollback confirm command has NOT been issued.
• not-required - the unit has been reset, but no configuration changes have been made;
rollback is not required even though it is enabled.
• next-reset - configuration changes have been made, but the unit has not yet been reset.
Uses <<mcmSysRollbackGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

A sample display is shown here.
Feature : disable
Status : not-required
Note: When the status is required and a confirm rollback confirm

command is executed, the status will change to
not-required. Subsequently, if further configuration changes
are made, the status will change to next-reset until a reset
command is issued.
show system statistics

Shows the current system utilization percentages for CPU, internal RAM and link
bandwidth.
Uses <<mcmSysUtilGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
CPUUtilization : 1 LinkTxBWUtilization : 0
InterRAMUtilization : 82 LinkRxBWUtilization : 0
Note: The LinkTxBWUtilization and LinkRxBWUtilization percentages

shown in this table are based on the line speed that is indicated
by the show wan parameters port configured table
command. The baud rate shown on this display may not equal
the actual bandwidth of the link. If there is a discrepancy, set the
correct line speed using the define wan port baudrate
command.
show system system

Shows current system configuration for the CPU, physical ports, RTC battery and memory.
Uses <<mcmSysCfgGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
CPUConfig : companion040
PrimaryWANPort : present
7-127
PriWANPortPhyMedia : generalserial
DCESerPortPhyMedia : v35
QUICCExpanModule1 : notPresent
QUICCExpanModule2 : notPresent
RTCBatteryStatus : batteryOK
DRAMSize : 8Mbytes
FlashMemorySize : 8Mbytes
Most of the parameters are self-explanatory. The others are defined here.
CPUConfig The name of the CPU physically installed in the unit.

PriWANPortPhyMedia The type of interface installed in Port 2 of the Base Module.
Options are general serial, ISDN, 56K, and T1.
DCESerPortPhyMedia The DCE serial port on the Ethernet Base Module is always
V.35
show system timeOfDay

Shows the current date and time of day as entered with the set system timeofday command.
The date is displayed in mm/dd/yyyy format.
Uses <<mcmSysTimeOfDayGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
05/18/1998 12:00:08 Monday
show system traps trapSubscription (entry/table)

Shows the IP addresses and community strings of the workstations that have been configured
to receive trap messages.
Uses <<mcmSysTrapSubscriptionTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.
IpAddress IP address of the SNMP Manager subscribing Traps.

CommunityString Community string for this subscriber.
Action Subscription action. Possible values are subscribe or
cancel.
show system traps threshold

Shows the current utilization percentages that will trigger trap messages to be sent to the
designated network management stations. The default threshold percentages are 90%.
Uses <<mcmSysTrapThresholdGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.
CPUUtilThres : 90
BandwidthUtilThres : 90
RAMUtilThres : 90
7-128
CPUUtilThres Shows the configured threshold fo CPU Utilization.

BandwidthUtilThres Shows the configured threshold for bandwidth utilization.
RAMUtilThres Shows the configured threshold fo RAM utilization.
7-129
show tcp
• connection
• parameters
show tcp connection (entry/table)

Uses <<tcpConnTable>> in the rfc1213 MIB.
State : listen
LocalAddress : 0.0.0.0
LocalPort : 23
RemoteAddress : 0.0.0.0
RemotePort : 0
State State of this TCP connection. Possible values:

• closed
• listen
• synSent
• synReceived
• established
• finWait1
• finWait2
• closeWait
• lastAck
• closing
• timeWait
• deleteTCB
LocalAddress The local IP address for this TCP connection. The value
0.0.0.0 is used when a connection is in a listen state and will
accept connections for any IP interface associated with the
node.
LocalPort The local port number for this TCP connection.
RemoteAddress The remote IP address for this TCP connection.
RemotePort The remote port number for this TCP connection.
7-130
show tcp parameters

Uses <<tcpGroup>> in the rfc1213 MIB.
RetranTimeOutAlgorit : vanj
RetranTimeOutMin : 133 RetranTimeOutMax : 133333
MaxConnect : 256 ActiveOpens : 0
PassiveOpens : 0 AttemptFails : 0
EstablishedResets : 0 CurrentEstablish : 0
RxSegments : 0 TxSegments : 0
RetranSegments : 0 RxErrors : 0
TxResets : 0 :
7-131
RetranTimeOutAlgorit The algorithm used to determine the timeout value used for
retransmitting unacknowledged octets. Possible values are
listed here:
• other - none of the following
• constant - a constant rto
• rsre - MIL-STD-1778, Appendix B
• canj - Van Jacobson's algorithm
RetranTimeOutMin The minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for
the retransmission timeout. Shown in milliseconds.
MaxConnect The limit on the total number of TCP connections the entity
can support. Where the maximum number of connections is
dynamic, this object should show the value -1.
PassiveOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct
transition to the SYN-RCVD state from the LISTEN state.
EstablishedResets The number of times TCP connections have made a direct
transition to the CLOSED state from either the
ESTABLISHED state or the CLOSE-WAIT state.
RxSegments The number of segments received, including those received
in error. This count includes segments received on currently
established connections.
RetranSegments The number of TCP segments transmitted containing one or
more previously transmitted octets.
TxResets The number of segments sent, including those on current
connections but excluding those containing only
retransmitted octets.
RetranTimeOutMax The maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for
the retransmission timeout. Shown in milliseconds.
ActiveOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct
transition to the SYN-SENT state from the CLOSED state.
AttemptFails The number of times TCP connections have made a direct
transition to the CLOSED state from either the SYN-SENT
state or the SYN-RCVD state, plus the number of times TCP
connections have made a direct transition to the LISTEN
state from the SYN-RCVD state.
CurrentEstablish The number of TCP connections where the current state is
either ESTABLISHED or CLOSE- WAIT.
show tftp
Shows the current status of tftp metrics.
• error
• parameters
• state
7-132
show tftp error

Shows errors transmitted via tftp.
Uses <<mcmTFTPErrorStatusGroup>> in the mcmdnld MIB.
LastOperStatus : idle
ServerIPAddr : 0.0.0.0
FileName : " "
TransferBank : none
PortNo : 0
LastOperStatus Shows the error status of last TFTP operation.

• idle - No download has been done.
• download-success - A download completed
without error
• out-of-memory - Not enough free memory
• flash-error - Could not write to flash memory
• download-failed -Download failed for an
unknown reason
• chksum-error - The file to download has a
checksum error
• retrieving-file - The file to download is being
retrieved
• protocol-error - TFTP had an error talking to the
server
• server-error - The TFTP server sent error
message. Could be a bad file name.
• timeout - Could be bad IP address or network
error
• connection-error - Setup of connection failed \
• bad-file - The file to be download was rejected
ServerIPAddr The IP Address of the last TFTP Server.
FileName The filename and path (in ASCII) of the previously
downloaded file.
TransferBank Shows the bank number for the last TFTP attempt.
PortNo Shows the port number for the last TFTP attempt.
7-133
show tftp parameters

Uses <<mcmTFTPParamGroup>> in the mcmdnld MIB.
ServerIPAddress : 0.0.0.0 (operational)

: 0.0.0.0 (configured)
RemoteFileName : " " (operational)
: " " (configured)
TimeOut : 0 (operational)
10 (configured)
RetransmissionCount : (operational)
: 3 (configured)
PortNumber : 69 (operational)
: 69 (configured)
ConfigUpload : bank3 (operational)
: bank3 (configured)
ServerIPAddress The IP Address of the TFTP Server.

RemoteFileName The filename and path (in ASCII) to be downloaded.
TimeOut The TFTP timeout period in seconds.
RetransmissionCount The number of times the TFTP request will be repeated for
un-responsive TFTP servers.
PortNumber The port number for the TFTP server.
ConfigUpload The configuration bank receiving the TFTP data.
show tftp state

Shows the current status of the TFTP interface. Possible values are idle and downloading.
Uses <<mcmTFTPStatusGroup>> in the mcmdnld MIB.
State :idle
7-134
show tm
Shows traffic management status and parameters.
• global
• parameters
• statistics
• status
show tm global
Shows global traffic management link status. These objects are provisioned by using the
define tm command discussed in Chapter 3 of this manual.
Uses <<mcmTMGlobalParamGroup>> in the mcm2tm MIB.
RateEnforcement : disabled (operational)

LineEfficiency : disabled (operational)
WeightedRoundRobin : disabled (operational)
RateEnforcement Shows the status of rate enforcement as enabled or

disabled.
LineEfficiency Shows the status of line efficiency as enabled or
disabled.
WeightedRoundRobin Shows the status of weighted round robin as enabled
or disabled.
show tm parameters (entry/table)

Shows traffic management parameter values for each port.
Uses <<mcmTMclassParamTable>> in the mcm2tm MIB.
WANPhysicalPortNum : 2
FRDlciNu : 16
MPANLDlciNum : 16
Priority : 7
CommittedInfoRate : 64000
ExcessInfoRate : 0
MaxBurstByteSz : 8000
7-135
MaxBurstFrmSz : 50
AvgPacketSize : 1000
MaxPacketSize : 1500
DeltaTime : 5
ConsecutiveFrame : 10
WANPhysicalPortNum The WAN physical port number.

FRDlciNu The DLCI of the tunneling PVC.
MPANLDlciNum The MPANL DLCI identifying the virtual connection.
Priority The emission priority of the class. Shown as a number
from 1 to 8 where 1 is the highest priority and 8 is the
lowest.
CommittedInfoRate The committed information rate of the class. The possible
range is 0 to the maximum bandwidth of the link. Shown in
bits per second.
ExcessInfoRate The excess information rate of the class. The excess
bandwidth required to accommodate momentary bursts of
traffic. Shown in bits per second.
MaxBurstByteSz The maximum burst allowed for this class shown in bytes.
MaxBurstFrmSz The maximum burst allowed for this class shown in frames.
AvgPacketSize The average packet size that will be transmitted by this
class in bytes.
MaxPacketSize The maximum packet size that will be transmitted by this
class in bytes.
DeltaTime The delta time used for FECN bit management. Counts of
frames received with the FECN bit set and cleared are
maintained for this amount of time and are used to
increase or decrease throughput rate as per Q.922
Appendix I.
ConsecutiveFrame The number of consecutive frames received with the
BECN bit set which causes a transmit rate reduction. Any
range may be specified by the LMI user at the time of the
DCLI assignment.
show tm statistics (entry/table)

Shows traffic management statistics for each port.
Uses <<mcmTMclassStatsTable>> in the mcm2tm MIB.
FRDlciNum : 16
MPANLDlciNum : 0
7-136
TxTotalBytes : 141620
TxTotalFrames : 17690
TxTotalFrags : 17690
RxTotalBytes : 35460
RxTotalFrames : 17690
RxTotalFrags : 17690
PktsDiscQueFull : 0
PktsDiscQueOverflow : 0
EmissionQueueFai : 0
EmissionQueueFull : 0
RxTotalFecnClea : 0
RxTotalFecnSet : 0
RxTotalBecn : 0

FRDlciNum The DLCI of the tunneling PVC.
TxTotalBytes The total number of bytes transmitted by this class.
TxTotalFrames The total number of frames transmitted by this class.
TxTotalFrags The total number of fragments transmitted by this
class.
RxTotalBytes The total number of bytes received by this class.
RxTotalFrames The total number of frames received by this class.
RxTotalFrags The total number of fragments received by this class.
PktsDiscQueFull The number of packets discarded because the traffic
shaping queue was full.
PktsDiscQueOverflow The number of packets discarded because the traffic
shaping queue overflowed.
EmissionQueueFail The number of packets discarded because the packet
submission to emission queue failed.
EmissionQueueFull The number of times an attempt was made to submit
the frame to emission queue by TM but the emission
queue was full.
RxTotalFecnClea The number of frames received with FECN bi off for
this class.
RxTotalFecnSet The total number of frames received with FECN bit set
for this class.
RxTotalBecn The total number of frames received with BECN bit
set for this class.
7-137
show tm status (entry/table)

Shows traffic management parameter status.
Uses <<mcmTMclassStateTable>> in the mcm2tm MIB.
FRDlciNum : 16
MPANLDlciNum : 16
CurrentInfoRate : 64000
MinInfoRate : 0
AvgTxRate : 0
BytesQueued : 0
FramesQueued : 0

FRDlciNum The DLCI of the tunneling PVC.
CurrentInfoRate The current information rate for this VC. Shown in bits
per second.
MinInfoRate The minimum information rate for this VC. Shown in
bits per second.
AvgTxRate The average transmit rate on this VC. Shown in bits
per second.
BytesQueued The number of bytes in the transmit queue for this VC.
FramesQueued The number of frames in the transmit queue of this VC.
7-138
show traps
Shows general objects which identity the system’s trap parameters, values and statistics. CLI
will show a list of traps or the following message:
No Traps Pending
show t1e1
Shows the t1/e1 parameters, values and statistics for the following T1 or E1 objects.
• ds0Connect
• ds0Signaling
• lineParameters
• lineStatus
• portParameters
• portStatus
• profile
• statistics
• systemClock
• systemStatus
• testResult
show t1e1 ds0Connect (entry/table)

Shows the value of the object that selects the DS0 channels for the t1/e1 connection.
Uses <<mcm4400t1e1Ds0ChConnTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
LineIndex : localEnd (T1=DSX-1 E1=L1) | networkEnd (T1=DS-1 E1=L2)

DS0Index : INTEGER (1..30)
LineIndex The T1/E1 line identification. Used as an index to the T1/E1 DS0
channel connection configuration table.
7-139
DS0Index Shows the T1/E1 DS0 time slot connected. Used as an index to
the T1/E1 DS0 Channel Connection table. (For T1, the maximum
value is 24.)
ConnState Shows the connection state for the specified line and DS0 index.
Possible values are listed here.
• idle
• bypassVoice
• bypassData
• toWANPort1 or toWANPort2
• toDataPort1 or toDataPort2
• toDVMChannelB1 through toDVMChannelB6
• toDVMChannelC1 through toDVMChannelC12
• toDVMChannelD1 through toDVMChannelD12
show t1e1 lineParameters (entry/table)

Shows the table that provides the 4400 t1/e1 line display parameters.
Uses <<mcm4400t1e1LineCfgTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
ConfigProfileNum Shows the profile for the specified T1/E1.
• 1 - default profile number for local line.
• 2 - default profile number for network line.
show t1e1 lineStatus (entry/table)

Shows the table that provides the 4400 t1/e1 line statistic counters display parameters.
Uses <<mcm4400t1e1LineStatus>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
Interface Shows the interface type as either T1 or E1.
Impedance Shows the impedance for the specified line. Possible values are
line120ohm and line75ohm.
7-140
TestMode Shows if the specified line is in a loopback test mode. Possible

values are none, inLineLoopback, inChannelLoopback orin-
ChannelPatternTest.
TestingDS0Ch Shows which DS0 channel is in channel loopback or channel
pattern test mode now.
AISAlarm Indicates if the AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) alarm is preset for
the specified line.
RedAlarm Indicates if the Red alarm is preset for the specified line.
YellowAlarm Indicates if the Yellow alarm is preset for the specified line. (Not
applicable for E1.)
TS16AIS Indicates if the TS16 (Time Slot 16) AIS alarm is preset for the
specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)
OOSMFAlarm Indicates if the OOSMF (Out Of Signal Multi-Frame) alarm is pre-
set for the specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)
MFASAlarm Shows if the MFAS (Multi-Frame Alignment Signal - Y bit) alarm
is preset for the specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)
FASAlarm Indicates if the FAS (Frame Alignment Signal - A bit) alarm is pre-
OOCMFAlarm Indicates if the OOCMF (Out Of CRC Multi-Frame) alarm is pre-
show t1e1 portParameters (entry/table)

Shows entries in the 4400 t1/e1 data port parameter table.
Uses <<mcm4400t1e1DPCfgTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
PortNumber : port1 | port2
PortNum The T1/E1 port number used as an index to the T1/E1 data port
DataRate Shows the baud rate for the specified data port. Possible values
are rate64kbps and rate56kbps.
Clock Shows the clock source for the specified data port. Possible val-
ues are internalClock and tailClock.
DTRCntl Shows the DTR control for the specified data port. Possible val-
ues are normal and forcedOn.
RTSCntl Shows the RTS control for the specified data port. Possible val-
ues are normal and forcedOn.
show t1e1 portStatus (entry/table)

Shows entries in the 4400 t1/e1 data port display table.
Uses <<mcm4400t1e1DPStatusTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
7-141
PortNumber : port1 | port2
PortNumber Shows the data port number used as the index to the T1/E1 data
port status display table.
DTRInputSt Indicates the current DTR state for the specified data port. Pos-
sible values are on or off.
RTSInputSt Shows the current RTS state for the specified data port. Possible
values are on or off.
DSROutputSt Indicates the current DSR state for the specified data port. Pos-
DCDOutputSt Shows the current DCD state for the specified data port. Possible
values are on or off.
CTSOutputSt Indicates the current CTS state for the specified data port. Pos-
show t1e1 profile (entry/table)

Shows the entries in the Passport 4400 t1/e1 profile configuration table.
Uses <<mcm4400t1e1ProfCfgTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
Profile : INTEGER
ProfileNum Shows the profile number used as an index to the T1/E1 profile
T1FrameFmt Shows the T1 frame format used in the line. Possible values are
superFrame or extendedSuperFrame.
T1LineCode Shows the T1 coding format used in the line. Possible values are
aMI or b8ZS.
E1LineCode Shows the E1 coding format used in the line. Values include aMI
or HDB3.
IdleCode Shows the code filled in the line when idle. The default value is
’7f’h.
T1LineBuildOut Shows the cable length attached to the specified T1 line.
T1Loopback Shows the status of the T1 line loopback. Possible values are en-
abled or disabled. Enabled is expected as default for a local T1
line profile. Disabled is expected as default for a network T1 line
profile.
E1CRC4 Shows whether the E1 line CRC4 is enabled or disabled.
E1TS16Conn Indicates where the TS16 line goes for T1. Possible values are
toCAS, idle, bypass, toDataPort1, toDataPort2.
7-142
show t1e1 statistics (entry/table)

Shows the entries in 4400 t1/e1/ line statistics display table.
Uses <<mcm4400t1e1LineStatsTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
LineIndex : localEnd (T1=DSX-1 E1=L1) | networkEnd (T1=DS-1 E1-L2)
line statistics table.
Interface Indicates the interface type as either T1 or E1.
FramingBitError Shows the framing bit errors on the specified line. Valid for E1
only. For T1, 0 will be returned.
LineCdViolation Shows the line code violations on the specified line.
FarEndBlkError Shows the far end block errors on the specified line. Valid for E1
CRCError Shows the CRC errors on the specified line. Valid for E1 only. For
T1, 0 will be returned.
BufferOverrun Shows the buffer overruns on the specified line. Valid for E1 only.
For T1, 0 will be returned.
BufferUnderrun Shows the buffer underruns on the specified line. Valid for E1
FrmSyncBitError Shows the frame synchronization bit errors on the specified line.
Valid for T1 only. For E1, 0 will be returned.
OutOfFrame Shows the total frame slips on the specified line. Valid for T1 only.
For E1, 0 will be returned.
TotalFrameSlip Shows the out of frame statistics on the specified line. Valid for
T1 only. For E1, 0 will be returned.
show t1e1 systemClock

Shows the value of the object that specifies where the system clock comes from. Possible
values are networkLineExternal, localLineExternal or internal.
Uses <<t1e1-r2-configuration>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
show t1e1 systemStatus

Shows the operation status of the T1/E1 control units. Possible values are dead,
aliveButNotReady, downloadFail, downloadInProgress and normal.
Uses <<mcm4400t1e1SysStatusGroup>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
show t1e1 testResult

Shows which T1/E1 line has a DS0 channel in test mode. Possible values are local, network
or none.
7-143
Uses <<mcm4400t1e1ChTestResultsGroup>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.
show udp
Shows the configuration tables for the udp (user datagram protocol).
• listen
• statistics
show udp listen

The UDP listener table contains information about the entity’s UDP end-points when a local
application is currently accepting datagrams.
Uses <<udpTable>> in the rfc1213 MIB.
show udp listen (entry/table)
LocalAddress LocalPort
0.0.0.0 161
0.0.0. 162
0.0.0.0 1000
0.0.0.0 1025
0.0.0.0 1026
0.0.0.0 17185
127.0.0.1 1024
LocalAddress Shows the local IP address for this UDP listener. When there is
a UDP listener that is willing to accept datagrams for any IP
interface associated with this node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used.
LocalPort The local port number for this UDP listener.
show udp statistics

Shows udp statistics. Uses the udp group from the rfc1213 MIB.
RxDatagrams :342 NumberOfPorts :1

RxErrors :0 TxDatagrams :341
7-144
RxDatagrams The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users.

RxErrors The number of received UDP datagrams that could not be deliv-
ered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the des-
tination port.
NumberOfPorts The total number of UDP datagrams received for which there
was no application at the destination port.
TxDatagrams The total number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity.
show voice
Shows VNET voice channel configuration parameters for identifying a voice channel, with
its corresponding voice profile.
• channelStatus
• egressTable
• ingressTable
• parameters
• profile
• statistics
• switching
show voice channelStatus

Shows channel status actions on the specified voice channel. Specify card number and
channel number of use table.
Uses <<mcmVNETChStatusTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
CardNumber :limB
ChannelNumber :2
InterfaceType :enhancedLoopStartFxo
SoftwareId :21
EMType :notApplicable
ModelId :notApplicable
DSPOperStatus :idle
NetworkConnect :idle
RemoteChHWType :" "
RemoteChNodeName :" "
RemoteChNumber :" "
RemoteChSigProtocol :" "
RemoteFrameIfVer :0
RemoteChVoiceAlg :" "
RemoteChFaxAlg :" "
RemoteChModemAlg :" "
7-145
SelfTestResult :passed
FlashEPROMStatus :valid
EPROMStatus :notInstalled
DSPPromVersion :"x4J"
PromId :"2261"
CardNumber The card number LIM (logical interface module) for a partic-
ular voice channel. Used as an index to the VNET voice
channel status display table.
ChannelNumber The position of the voice channel in the lim.
InterfaceType Shows the interface type of the specified voice channel.
SoftwareId Shows the software version ID of the specified voice chan-
nel.
EMType Shows the E&M type of the specified voice channel. This val-
ue is for E&M interface channels only. Other interface types
will show notApplicable.
ModelId Shows the hardware module type for the specified DVM
voice channel. Possible values are T1 or E1.
DSPOperStatus Shows the current DSP status of the specified voice channel.
NetworkConnect Shows the current channel network connect status of the
specified voice channel. Possible values are shown here.
• idl
• callInProgress
• locallyConnected
• remotelyConnected
• disconnectInProgress
RemoteChHWType Shows the remote voice channel hardware type correspond-
ing to the specified voice channel. This will be the NULL
string if the specified voice channel is not connected.
RemoteChNodeName Shows the remote voice channel node name corresponding
to the specified voice channel.
RemoteChNumber Shows the remote voice channel number corresponding to
the specified voice channel.
RemoteChSigProtocol Shows the remote voice channel signal protocol.
RemoteFrameIfVer Shows the remote voice channel interface type correspond-
ing to the specified voice channel.
RemoteChVoiceAlg Shows the final negotiated voice algorithm running on both
sides of a voice channel connection.
7-146
RemoteChFaxAlg Shows the final negotiated voice fax algorithm and maximum
speed running on both sides of a voice fax channel connec-
tion.
RemoteChModemAlg Shows the final negotiated voice modem algorithm and max-
imum speed running on both sides of a voice modem chan-
nel connection.
SelfTestResult Shows the results of a self test performed on the specified
voice channel.
FlashEPROMStatus Shows the current flash EPROM status in the DSP of the
specified voice channel. Possible values are shown here.
• notInstalled
• valid
• erased
• invalidChecksum
• noAnalogInterfaceDriver
• securityViolation
EPROMStatus Shows the current EPROM status in the DSP of the specified
voice channel. Possible values are shown here.
• notInstalled
• currentlyOperating
• presentButNotOperating
DSPPromVersion Shows the DSP PROM version of the specified voice
channel.
PromId Shows the PROM ID of the specified voice channel.
show voice egressTable

Shows values as they are listed in the egress table. These objects are defined in Chapter 5 of
this manual under the set voice egressTable command.
Uses <<mcmVNETEgressDigManipTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
EgressIndex :1 (operational)
:1 (configured)
PhoneNumber :" " (operational)
:" " (configured)
ManipulationString :" " (operational)
:" " (configured)
ChannelList :" " (operational)
:" " (configured)
7-147
show voice ingressTable

Shows values as they are listed in the ingress table. These objects are defined in Chapter 5 of
this manual under the set voice ingressTable command.
Uses <<mcmVNETIngressDigManipTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
IngressIndex :1 (operational)
:1 (configured)
IngressNumber :" " (operational)
:" " (configured)
ManipulationString :" " (operational)
:" " (configured)
show voice parameters

Shows the VNET voice channel configuration parameters for identifying a voice channel
with its corresponding voice profile.
Uses <<mcmVNETChCfgTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
CardNumber :limB (operational)

:limB (configured)
ChannelNumber :2 (operational)
:2 (configured)
ProfileID :1 (operational)
:1 (configured)
SwitchingProfileID :1 (operational)
:1 (configured)
InterfaceType :enhancedLoopStartFxo (operational)
:enhancedLoopStartFxo (configured)
CardNumber The card lim (logical interface module) number of a particular

voice channel.
ProfileID Shows the profile identification number used to configure the
specified voice channel.
SwitchingProfileID Shows the profile identification number used for a switching
call.
InterfaceType Shows the interface type of the specified voice channel.
7-148
show voice profile

Shows the current VNET Voice Profile Configuration and Operational tables.
show voice profile configured

These parameters are defined in Chapter 5 of this manual under the set voice profile
command.
Uses <<mcmVNETProfileCfgTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
Profile :1 (configured)
Mode :voiceFax (configured)
DigitizingRate :rateG729 (configured)
InputLevelGain :0 (configured)
OutputLevelAtten :0 (configured)
BusyOutMode :systemControlled (configured)
Bandwidth :voiceActivated (configured)
Background :regenerated (configured)
PulseRate :10PulsesPerSecs (configured)
EMSignalFormat :dc (configured)
FXSSignalFormat :interruptedRing (configured)
DVMSignalFormat :tieTrunk (configured)
NumOfRings :1 (configured)
AnalogOperation :fourWire (configured)
RingFrequency :25Hz (configured)
FaxDigitizingRate :voiceRate (configured)
DiscSupervision :tone (configured)
LineImpedance :600ohms (configured)
MaxOutputLevel :0dBmNominal (configured)
RegenerationDelay :dtmf (configured)
DialDigitTimeLimit :10 (configured)
MaxNumFwdDigits :7 (configured)
RegenerationFormat :dtmf (configured)
CallProgressTone :northAmerica (configured)
DTMFToneDetector :enable (configured)
Jitter :50 (configured)
EchoCanceller :enable (configured)
AutoGainControl :disable (configured)
CompanderFormat :uLaw (configured)
PremiumVoice :disabled (configured)
EndOfDialChaStatus :disable (configured)
7-149
show voice profile operational

These parameters are defined in Chapter 5 of this manual under the set voice profile
command.
Uses <<mcmVNETProfileCfgTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
Profile :1 (operational)
Mode :voiceFax (operational)
DigitizingRate :rateG729 (operational)
InputLevelGain :0 (operational)
OutputLevelAtten :0 (operational)
BusyOutMode :systemControlled (operational)
Bandwidth :voiceActivated (operational)
Background :regenerated (operational)
PulseRate :10PulsesPerSecs (operational)
EMSignalFormat :dc (operational)
FXSSignalFormat :interruptedRing (operational
DVMSignalFormat :tieTrunk (operational)
NumOfRings :1 (operational)
AnalogOperation :fourWire (operational)
RingFrequency :25Hz (operational)
FaxDigitizingRate :voiceRate (operational)
DiscSupervision :toneational)
LineImpedance :600ohms (operational)
MaxOutputLevel :0dBmNominal (operational)
RegenerationDelay :(operational)
DialDigitTimeLimit :10 (operational)
MaxNumFwdDigits :7 (operational)
RegenerationFormat :dtmf (operational)
CallProgressTone :northAmerica (operational)
DTMFToneDetector :enable (operational)
Jitter :50 (operational)
EchoCanceller :enable (operational)
AutoGainControl :disable (operational)
CompanderFormat :uLaw (operational)
PremiumVoice :disabled (operational)
EndOfDialChaStatus :disable (operational)
7-150
show voice statistics

Shows VNET voice statistics.
• channel
• network
7-151
show voice statistics channel

Shows voice channel statistics.
Uses <<mcmVNETNetStatsGroup>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
CardNumber : limB
ChannelNumber : 1
ConnTimeOfOutCall : 0
ConnTimeOfIncomCall : 0
NumOfOutCallSucceed : 0
NumOfOutCallFailed : 0
NumOfIncCallAccepte : 0
NumOfIncCallRejected : 0
NumOfResets : 1
NumOfRetries : 1
RxBBCFrames : 0
RxBEOFFrames : 0
LostSpeechFrames : 0
LostControlFrames : 0
RxInvalPayloadFrame : 0
RxInvalPUMPMsg : 0
CardNumber The card lim (logical interface module) number of a

particular voice channel.
ConnTimeOfOutCall Shows the total connection time since the last sta-
tistics reset for the specified voice channel outgoing
calls. Value shown in seconds.
ConnTimeOfIncomCall Shows the total connection time since the last sta-
tistics reset for the specified voice channel incom-
ing calls. This value excludes local calls.
NumOfOutCallSucceed Shows the total number of positive call responses
sent from the remote DSP since the last statistics
reset for the specified voice channel.
NumOfOutCallFailed Shows the total number of negative call responses
sent from the remote DSP since the last statistics
reset for the specified voice channel.
NumOfIncCallAccepted Shows the total number of positive call responses
sent to the remote DSP since the last statistics re-
set for the specified voice channel.
7-152
NumOfIncCallRejected Shows the total number of negative call responses

sent to the remote DSP since the last statistics re-
set for the specified voice channel.
NumOfResets Shows the total number of resets sent to the DSP
corresponding to the specified voice channel.
NumOfRetries Shows the total number of no responses sent from
the DSP since the last DSP reset corresponding to
the specified voice channel
RxBBCFrames Shows the number of frames with Bad Byte Count
received from the DSP corresponding to the speci-
fied voice channel.
RxBEOFFrames Shows the number of frames with Bad End Of
Frame character received from the DSP corre-
sponding to the specified voice channel.
LostSpeechFrames Shows the number of speech frames sent by the re-
mote that were lost since power up corresponding
to the specified voice channel.
LostControlFrames Shows the number of control frames sent by the re-
mote that were lost corresponding to the specified
voice channel.
show voice statistics network

Shows voice network statistics.
Uses <<mcmVNETNetStatsGroup>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
SucceededOutSVCCalls :0 FailedOutSVCCalls :0
AcceptedInSVCCalls :0 RejectedInSVCCalls :0
SucceededDNARequest :0 FailedDNARequests :0
FailedBuffAllocation :0 NumOfActiveCalls :0
SucceededOutSVCCalls Shows the number of successful SVC calls since

the last network statistics reset.
FailedOutSVCCalls Shows the total number of unsuccessful SVC calls
since the last network statistics reset.
AcceptedInSVCCalls Shows the total number of SVC calls accepted by
this access device since the last network statistics
reset.
RejectedInSVCCalls Shows the total number of SVC calls rejected by
this access device since the last network statistics
reset.
SucceedDNARequest Shows the number of successful DNA requests re-
ceived by this access device since the last network
statistics reset.
7-153
FailedDNARequests Shows the number of unsuccessful DNA requests

received by this access device since the last net-
work statistics reset.
FailedBuffAllocations Shows the total number of streams buffers not avail-
able to this access device.
NumActiveCalls Shows the number of calls in progress or connected
in this access device.
show voice switching

Shows the object values that indicate the profile used for a switching call.
Uses <<mcmVNETSwProfCfgTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.
Profile2 : (operational)
: 2 (configured)
OutgoingCallRestr : noRestriction (operational)
: noRestriction (configured)
IncomingCallRestr : noRestriction (operational)
: noRestriction (configured)
ClosedUserGroupId : 0 (operational)
: 0 (configured)
RestrictionClass : 0 (operational)
: 0 (configured)
AutoCallNumber : 0 (operational)
: 0 (configured)
CallNegotiation : specific (operational)
: specific (configured)
TxPriority : 11 (operational)
: 11 (configured)
AutocallType 0 (operational)
0 (configured)
AddServerSelect nas-only (operational)
nas-only (configured)
OutCallMode enblock-only (operational)
enblock-only (configured)
7-154
Profile Shows the profile number

OutGoingCallRestr Shows how to handle outgoing calls for channel switch-
ing.
• noRestriction - include CUG ID in outgoing call
• closedUserGroupCall - include restriction class in
outgoing call
• restrictionClassCall - include both CUG ID and
restriction
• bothCUGandRCCall - class in outgoing call
• inhibitAll - outgoing call is not allowed.
IncomingCallRestr Specifies how to handle incoming calls for voice channel
switching.
• noRestriction
• checkCUGID - check CUG ID for incoming call.
(The CUG ID must be verified before a call is
accepted.)
• checkRestrictionClassCode - check restriction
class code for incoming call. (The RCC must be
greater than or equal to the specified RCC for call is
accepted.)
• cUGandPublicClassInhibit - check both CUG and
RCC before an incoming call is accepted.
• inhibitAll - incoming call is not allowed.
ClosedLUserGroupId Shows the closed user group ID for a voice channel.
RestrictionClass Shows the restriction class code for a voice channel.
AutoCallNumber Shows the voice channel auto call destination number by
indicating an index into the ingress table.
CallNegotiation Shows the voice algorithm preference for when an out-
going call is made.
• specific - whatever value is configured
• bandwidth - bigger block size
• delay - shorter block size
TxPriority Shows the priority of the voice data to be transmitted.
Possible range is from 1 to 15 with the higher numbers
indicating higher priority.
AutoCallType Shows a voice channel Auto Call destination number by
specifying an index into the ingress table.
AddServerSelect Indicates which DNA server is used.
OutCallMode Indicates the type of call being made.
7-155
show wan
Shows wan interface parameters and statistics.
• parameters
• statistics
show wan parameters port (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Shows configured or optional parameter values for all of the WAN interfaces in the device.
The operational displays contain a few parameters not found in the configured displays. The
operational tables shown below contain only the first IfIndex entry in the table.
IfIndex :9
IfType :v35
Mode :dte
BaudRate :64000
MaxRxFrameSize :4000
ProtocolType :hdlc
NumOfRxBuffers :200
RxQueueSize :20
TxQueueSize :10
HTDS CutThrough :no
HTDSIdleChar :255
HTDSSyncChar :126
EncodeMethod :nrz
IfIndex 153
IfType v35
Mode dte
BaudRate 6400
MaxRxFrameSize 4000
NumOfRxBuffers 200
RxQueueSize 20
TxQueueSize 10
ProtocolSupport switchingFr
HTDSCutThrough no
HTDSIdleChar 255
HTDSSyncChar 126
EncodedMethod nzr
7-156
IfIndex The ifIndex corresponding to a physical WAN port.

IfType The signaling characteristics of the port. Options are RS-232,
V.35, X.21, CSU/DSU, ISDN-BRI, or none.
Mode The mode (connection type) used on this port: DCE or DTE.
This determines whether the Passport 4400 receives or
transmits clocking signals.
BaudRate The transmission rate of this port, in bits per second. For
DCE ports, this variable controls the baud rate; for DTE
ports, this variable must be set to match the baud rate of the
other end (DCE).
MaxRxFrameSize The maximum frame size that will be received on this
ProtocolType The link protocol type.
NumOfRxBuffers The number of buffers configured to receive data.
RxQueueSize The size of each receive buffer (in bytes).
TxQueueSize The size of each transmit buffer (in bytes).
FragmentSize The number of bytes into which frames exceeding the
maximum frame size will be fragmented.
IfLim The LIM (slot location) of the module containing this port.
IfChannel The channel number of this port.
ProtocolSupport The transmission protocol used on this port: none, Frame
Relay DCE, Frame Relay DTE, or HTDS.
HTDSCutThrough Sets the HTDS Cut-Through state: yes (active) or no
(inactive).
HTDSFragSize The maximum fragment size created by HTDS Cut-Through.
HTDSIdleChar The idle character required for Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
transfer.
HTDSSyncChar The 8 bit syncronization character required by the Constant
Bit Rate (CBR) transfer method.
EncodeMethod Indicates the transmit/receive data encoding method.
7-157
show wan statistics

Shows the WAN statistics for port, traffic class and voice over frame relay.
• port
• voFr
show wan statistics port (entry/table)

Shows WAN statistical information for all of the WAN interfaces in the device.
IfIndex :9
RxBlockCount :825106
TxBlockCount :37971
TxLinkUnderRuns :0
TxLinkOverflows :0
RxBadPackets :0
TxLinkErrors :0
IfIndex The ifIndex corresponding to this WAN port.

RxBlockCount The number of frames received over this port.
TxBlockCount The number of frames transmitted over this port.
TxLinkUnderRuns The number of reported link underruns. An underrun occurs
when data is not available for transmission.
TxLinkOverflows The number of reported link overflows. An overflow occurs
when an outgoing packet is too large for transmission.
RxBadPackets The number of HDLC packets discarded.
TxLinkErrors The number of times CTS (clear to send) went down while a
packet was being transferred or a link underrun occured.
show wan statistics vofr (entry/table)

Shows the table and entries for voice over frame relay statistics.
IfIndex :153
HiPriorityCount :0
FragmentCount :0
PackingCount :0
RxFragmentCount :0
LostFragmentCount :0
ProtViolationCount :0
7-158
IfIndex The ifIndex of the port.

HiPriorityCount The number of high-priority outbound frames which have
been fragmented (when frame size exceeds Maximum
Frame Size).
FragmentCount The number of fragmentation actions applied to outbound
frames.
PackingCount The number of outbound fragments packaged with other
frames or fragments
RxFragmentCount The number of incoming fragments which were assembled
into larger frames.
LostFragmentCount The number of incoming lost fragments.
ProtViolationCount The number of incoming protocol violations detected.
7-159
7-160
CLI Value Prompts A
The following value prompts are defined as to their use in the CLI.
bridge
A bridge ID is an identification number for the bridge device. Represented as an 8 octet address.
The first two octets indicate the bridge identification number, the remaining six octets are the
bridge physical address. See the following example:
01:02:10:C5:11:06:00:77 === 01:02 for Bridge ID
counter
Counter displays statistical information monitored by the device. Counters have read-only
access. Counters are expressed as non-negative integers. They can be incremented but not
deincremented. The unit of measure displayed by the counter is usually identified on the screen.
gauge
Gauge displays a percentage utilization of the device resources. Gauge has read-only access
permission. Gauge is expressed as an integer value. The resource measured and displayed by
gauge is usually identified on the screen.
integer
Integer requires that the user enter a number value. In some cases, a decimal value will be
permitted. The value entered by the user must be between the range displayed on the screen.
See the following example:
INTEGER (1..32)
IPAddress
IPAddress requires that the user enter an IP Address. This value must be expressed as a four
octet address with a dot (.) separating the octets. See the example:
IPAdress 199.245.20.77
netnumber
Netnumber requires that the user enter a network identification number. This value must be
expressed as a four octets in hexadecimal notation. This prompt only appears in the IPX service.
Applicable range is from 0x01 to 0xffffffff. A hexadecimal prefix, such as (0x) is required.
phyaddress
Phyaddress is used to model media addresses and has to be entered a 6 octet address in the
canonical order. See the example:
10:C5:11:06:00:77
A-1
Variable Document_Name CLI Value Prompts
string
String requires that the user enter ASCII text data. All string values must be entered between
quote (“ ”).characters. The range for the number of text characters allowed is displayed on
the screen. The null string will be accepted only if the minimum range shown on the screen
starts with zero (0) as shown in the example. If the range starts with 1, the null character will
not be allowed.
“STRING” (0..255)
timeout
Timeout displays information about the spanningtree timer as monitored by the device.
Timeout has read-only access permission. Timeout is expressed in units of 1/100 of a second.
timeticks
Timeticks displays statistical information as monitored by the device. Timeticks have read-
only access permission. Timeticks are expressed as an integer value in 1/100 of a second.
A-2
Value Prompts Abbreviations B
The following is a list of CLI value prompt abbreviations and their terms.
addr - address
admin - administration
auto - automatic
bw - bandwidth
bcast - broadcast
clk - clock
cntl - control
coll - collision
cnt - count
cntr - counter
ex - excess
xchange - exchange
fwd - forward
id - identification
if - interface
info - information
inv - inverse
lbk - loopback
max - maximum
min - minimum
misc - miscellaneous
net - network
num - number
oper - operational
phy - physical
rx - receive
req - require
res - resolve
sec - second
sys - system
thres - threshold
tx - transmit
util - utilization
B-1
Passport CLI Reference Value Prompts Abbreviations
B-2
Index
A backupLink 4-2
BackupRemain 7-69
AcceptedCalls 7-92
AcceptedInSVCCalls 7-153 BackupRemainTime 3-17
AcceptMode 3-22, 7-90 BackupSwitchDelay 3-17, 7-69
ActiveIndex 7-88 Bandwidth 3-27
ActivePanlDlciSVC 7-30, 7-58 bandwidth 5-22, B-1
ActiveTunnelingPVC 7-58 bandwidthUtilThres 5-13
ActiveVCs 7-40 BaseGcm 3-17
AddressLength 7-34 BaudRate 3-30, 5-11
AddressType 7-34 BcastAddress 3-19
AddrResolveRetries 7-103 BChannel 3-23, 3-27, 7-90
AddrResolveTimeOut 7-103 BECN 3-2
AddrResRequest 7-111 bidirectional 3-4
AdminStatus 3-15, 3-17, 7-65 bothCUGandRCCCall 5-29
AdmittedCUGs 7-40 BpvOrLnCdViolations 7-17
AgeMultiplier 7-79, 7-80 bridge A-1
Agencies BridgeAddress 7-8
FCC 2 bridgeFwdDelay 5-3
AgingTime 3-1, 7-7, 7-11, 7-107 bridgeHelloTime 5-3
AISAlarm 7-16 bridgeMaxAge 5-3
AlignmentErrors 7-19 busyOutMode 5-22
analogOperation 5-22
ArpSpoofing 3-1, 7-7 C
Association 7-99 CacheEntriesCount 7-104
AttriDiscardPriority 7-36 CacheStatus 7-103, 7-111
AttriHoldPriority 7-36 CallConnectTime 7-95
AuthenTraps 7-114 CalledDNA 7-36
AutoActSelMode 7-65 CallingAddress 3-26, 7-98
AutoActStatus 3-15 CallingDNA 7-36
autoCallNumber 5-28 callNegotiation 5-28
autoGainControl 5-22 CallOrigin 7-87, 7-89, 7-94
CallOriginator 7-46, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62
B callProgressTone 5-22
CallRetries 3-23, 7-91
backGround 5-22
BackupLink 3-15 CallSetupTime 7-94
CallState 7-87
Index-1
CarrierSenseErrors 7-19 DCE 3-27
CE Conformance 2 DCEMaxFrameSize 3-27, 7-100
channelList 5-19 DCEPVCLMIState 7-53
ChargedUnit 7-91 DCEReceiverBW 3-27, 7-100
ChargedUnits 7-87, 7-89, 7-95, 7-97 DebugStatus 5-3, 7-7
CheckBothCUGandRcCode 5-28 DefaultTimeToLive 7-75
CheckCUGID 5-28 delay Regeneration 5-23
CheckRestrictionClassCode 5-28, 5-29 DelayExDiscards 7-5
CircIndex 7-79, 7-82 delta 3-2, 3-4
CircuitCount 7-83 DesignatedBridge 7-11
CircuitIndex 7-80 DesignatedCost 7-11
CircuitState 7-41 DesignatedPort 7-11
CircuitThroughput 7-50 DesignatedRoot 7-9, 7-11
ClaimedBandWidth 7-36 DestCount 7-83
clockingSource 5-4 DestHopCount 7-80
ClosedUserGroup 3-23 DestNetNum 7-80
ClosedUserGroupCall 5-29 DestNextHopCircIndex 7-80
closedUserGrpId 5-28 DestNextHopNetNum 7-80
cold start 6-3 DestNextHopNICAddress 7-80
CommittedBurst 7-42 DestProtocol 7-80
CommunityLastCommit 7-118 DestTicks 7-80
companderFormat 5-22 dial pulse 5-25
ConfigVersion 7-115 dialDigitTimeLimit 5-23
ConnectId 7-43 DisableCause 7-49
ConnectTime 7-30, 7-87, 7-89, 7-91 DiscardPriority 3-12, 7-45, 7-47, 7-49, 7-
ConnectType 7-43 50, 7-55, 7-57, 7-63
ConsecutiveFrames 3-2, 7-25, 7-30 DisconnectCause 7-89
coreTrap 3-13 DisconnectedCalls 7-40
CoreTrapEnable 7-57, 7-58 DisconnectReason 7-53
cpuUtilThres 5-13 DisconnectText 7-89
CRC4Errors 7-17 DisconnectTime 7-89
CreationTime 7-42, 7-46, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62 discSupervision 5-23
CSULoopback 7-13 DLCI 7-41
CUGAccess 2-5, 7-39 DLCIAssignMethod 7-37
CUGFacility 2-5, 7-39 DlciNumber 7-59
CUGIC 2-5, 7-39 DNA 3-28
CUGICType 2-6, 7-39 dna 2-13, 3-12
customer_Configurator 5-11 DnaAddress 7-103
customer_Monitor 5-11 DnaAssociation 7-102
customer_Operator 5-11 DNAChangeCount 7-104
CustomerID 3-28 DnaDeassociation 7-102
DNASuffix 2-6, 7-39
D DS0BasicRate 7-14
d0connection 5-5 ds0BasicRate 5-5
DataFrames 7-31 DS0Connection 7-15
DataLinkType 3-19, 3-20, 7-73, 7-78 DTE 3-27
DTEMaxFrameSize 3-27, 7-100
Index-2
DTEReceiverBW 3-27, 7-100 FltrPortId 7-21
DTMF 5-22, 5-23, 5-25 FltrProtId 7-21
dtmfToneDetecto 5-23 FltrSrcAddr 7-21
DurationLinkFail 3-17 FltrSrcMask 7-21
dvmSignalingFormat 5-23 formatRegeneration 5-25
ForwardBcast 7-73
E forwardBcast 3-19
e1CRC4Status 5-15 ForwardDelay 7-10
e1LineCode 5-15 Forwarding 7-75
e1TS16Connection 5-16 FragmentCount 7-159
echoCanceller 5-23 FragmentCreate 7-75
EgressNumber 7-103 FragmentFail 7-76
emSignalFormat 5-24 FragmentOK 7-75
endOfDialCharStatus 5-24 FragmentSize 7-157
EntryRowStatus 7-110 FrameFmt 7-15
EntryStatus 7-48 frameFormat 5-5
EtypeFilter 7-4, 7-5 framerLbkStatus 5-5
EtypeFilterType 7-4, 7-5 FramerLoopback 7-14
ExcessBurst 7-42 FrameTooLongs 7-19
ExcessiveCollisions 7-19 FrCoreState 7-39
ExcessRxBurstSize 7-48, 7-55 FwdDatagrams 7-75
ExcessTxBurstSize 7-48, 7-55 FwdDelay 7-10
ExistState 3-20, 7-78, 7-82 FwdPackets 7-83
FwdTransitions 7-11
fxsSignalingFormat 5-25
F
FailedBuffAllocations 7-154
FailedCalls 7-40, 7-92 G
FailedDNARequests 7-154 GetNexts 7-113
FailedOutSVCCalls 7-153
FailureDelay 3-23, 7-91 H
FASErrors 7-17 HeaderErrorRx 7-30
FAWSync 7-14 Hello1Count 7-104
faxDigitizingRate 5-24 Hello2Count 7-104
FCSErrors 7-19 Hello3Count 7-104
FECN 3-2, 3-4 HelloTime 7-10
FilterEType 7-8 HelloType 7-103
FilterForceCntl 7-13 HiPriorityCount 7-159
FilterForceEnable 5-4, 7-13 HoldingPriority 3-12, 7-49, 7-50, 7-55, 7-
FilterForcingCntl 5-4 57, 7-63
FilterNumber 7-8 HoldTime 7-10
FilterPortIndex 7-8 HopCount 3-21, 7-82
FilterStatus 7-8 HTDSCutThrough 7-157
FlowControl 3-2, 7-29 HTDSCutThru 3-30
FltrAction 7-21 HTDSFragSize 7-157
FltrDstAddr 7-21 HTDSIdleChar 7-157
FltrDstMask 7-21 HTDSSyncChar 7-157
Index-3
I inputLevelGain 5-25
InsertLossLingLength 7-14
IdleChar 3-30
idleCode 5-16 integer A-1
IfChannel 7-157 InternalMACTxErrors 7-19
IfLim 7-157 Interrupted Ring 5-25
IfType 3-30 InvalidBPVCounts 7-14
IgnoredFramesRx 7-30 InvalidDLCIRx 7-30
InactDuration 3-16 InvArp 3-20
InactDurationMin 3-16 IPAddress A-1
InactFriday 3-16 ipNumbered 3-19
InactMonday 3-16
InactPeriodic 3-16 J
InactSaturday 3-16 jitter 5-25
InactStartHr 3-16
InactStartMin 3-16 K
InactSunday 3-16 KeepAlive 3-19, 7-73
InactThursday 3-16
InactTuesday 3-16
InactWednesday 3-16
L
LanCalls 7-38
InBc 7-54
LAPFState 7-39
InBe 7-54
LAPFStatus 7-101
InCalls 7-97
LastChange 7-43, 7-53, 7-108
InCIR 7-54
LastDisconnectCause 7-92
incomingCallRestr 5-28
LastDisconnectText 7-92
InConnected 7-97
LastSetupTime 7-92
IncorrectPackets 7-79, 7-81
LastTimeChange 7-42, 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-
InFltrAction 7-20
62
InFltrAddr 7-20
LastTimeDiscReason 7-43
InFltrMask 7-20
LateCollisions 7-19
InFltrPortId 7-20
LearnEntryDiscards 7-11
InFltrProtId 7-20
lineBuildOut 5-5
InFltrScrDst 7-20
LineEfficiency 3-29
InfoRateAdjInterval 3-4, 7-25, 7-28, 7-29
lineImpedance 5-25
InfoRateAdjTriggNum 7-28
LineStatus 7-16
InfoTrapStatus 3-26, 7-98
LineTopology 3-24
InfoType 3-23, 7-87, 7-89, 7-91
LinkDownCounter 7-38
ingress 5-20
LinkIndex 3-17
IngressIndex 5-20
LinkUpCounter 7-38
IngressNumber 5-20
LMIStatus 7-38
InhibitAll 5-28, 5-29
LmiTrap 3-13
InitiatedCalls 7-40
LMIType 7-34
InPackets 7-79, 7-80
localLbkStatus 5-6
InputAddrErrors 7-75
LocalLoopback 7-14
InputDelivers 7-75
LocalResolvedCount 7-104, 7-112
InputDiscards 7-75
LocalSVC 7-38
InputHeaderErrors 7-75
LogicalIfIndex 7-87, 7-89
Index-4
LongFramesRx 7-30 MpanlMode 7-36
loopback 5-4, 5-5, 5-6, 7-15, B-1 MsgRxStatus 7-35
LoopPresent 7-14 MsgRxStatusInq 7-35
LostControlFrames 7-153 MsgTxStatus 7-35
LostFragmentCount 7-159 MsgTxStatusInq 7-35
LostSpeechFrames 7-153 MsmTrap 3-14
LowerIf 3-23, 7-90 MSMTrapEnable 7-58
MsmTrapEnable 7-57
M Mtu 3-19, 7-72, 7-108
MACFilter 7-4, 7-5 MtuExDiscards 7-5
MACFilterType 7-4, 7-5 Multicast 7-34
ManipulationString 5-19, 5-20 MultipleCollFrames 7-19
MaxAge 7-10 Multirate 7-94
MaxDLCI 3-5, 7-33
MaxDLCIPerLine 3-14, 7-57, 7-58 N
MaxHops 7-83 N200 3-25
MaxInfo 7-12 n200 7-97
MaxLength 7-88 N202 3-25
MaxNumberOfCalls 3-5, 7-32 n202 7-93, 7-97
MaxNumberOFDLCI 7-57 N391 3-8, 7-41
MaxNumberOfDLCI 3-14, 7-58 N392 3-8, 7-41
maxNumFwdDigits 5-25 N393 7-41
maxOutputLevel 5-26 NegMaxRxSize 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62
MaxPathSplits 7-83 NegMaxTxSize 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62
MaxRxBurst 3-12 NegRxBurst 7-50, 7-56, 7-63
MaxRxBurstSize 7-55 NegRxBurstSize 7-47
MaxRxFrameSize 3-2, 3-5, 3-11, 3-30, 7- NegRxExcess 7-50, 7-56, 7-63
25, 7-33 NegRxExcessSize 7-47
MaxRxSize 3-12, 7-44, 7-48, 7-54 NegRxThroughput 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62
MaxRxThroughput 3-5, 7-33, 7-44, 7-48, NegTxBurst 7-50, 7-56, 7-62
7-54 NegTxBurstSize 7-47
MaxSubChannelRange 7-100 NegTxExcess 7-50, 7-56, 7-63
MaxTxBurst 3-13 NegTxExcessSize 7-47
MaxTxBurstSize 3-12, 7-55 NegTxThroughput 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62
MaxTxFrameSize 3-5, 3-11, 7-25, 7-32 NETBIOSPackets 7-83
MaxTxSize 7-44, 7-48, 7-54 NetChannelInactive 7-26
MaxTxThroughput 3-5, 7-33, 7-44, 7-48, NetlinkIfIndex 7-42
7-54 NetLinkRelErrors 7-26
MaxVirtualPort 3-14, 7-57, 7-58 NetMask 3-19
MinDLCI 3-5, 7-33 NetN392 7-26
MinRxThroughput 3-5, 7-33, 7-44, 7-48, 7- NetN393 7-26
54 NetNum 7-81, 7-82
MinTxThroughput 7-33, 7-44, 7-48, 7-54 netnumber A-1
ModeConfiguration 3-17, 7-69 NetProtocolErrors 7-26
MonitorLinkStatus 3-17 NetT392 7-26
MPANL 3-27 NextHopNICAddress 3-21, 7-82
Index-5
Nm20 3-25, 7-93 outgoingCallRestr 5-29
nm20 7-97 OutMaxFrameSize 7-54
NodeID 3-28 OutPackets 7-79, 7-80
NoRestriction 5-28, 5-29 OutputDiscards 7-75
normal0dBm 5-26 outputLevelAttn 5-26
NoRoutes 7-85 OutputNumRoutes 7-75
nSP_Configurator 5-11
nSP_Monitor 5-11 P
nSP_Operator 5-11 Pace 7-79, 7-80
NumActiveCalls 7-154 PacketSize 7-79, 7-80
NumberingPlan 3-14, 7-57, 7-58 PackingCount 7-159
NumberLinkFailure 3-17 PanlLmiTrapEnable 7-57, 7-58
NumberOfHits 7-109 PathCost 5-3, 7-4, 7-5
NumberOfPorts 7-34 payLoadLbkStatus 5-6
NumberOfSlots 7-117 PayloadLoopback 7-15
NumberPlan 7-27 PeerAddress 7-87, 7-88, 7-94
NumOfCacheEntries 3-29, 7-103 PeerDLCI 7-36
NumOfIncCallAccepted 7-152 PeerId 7-87, 7-89
NumOfIncCallRejected 7-153 PeerIfIndex 7-87, 7-89
NumOfOutCallFailed 7-152 PeerNetwork 7-36
NumOfPorts 7-8 PeerSubAddress 7-87, 7-88, 7-94
NumOfResets 7-153 Permission 7-91
NumOfRetries 7-153 phoneNumber 5-19
numOfRings 5-26 phyaddress A-1
NumOfRxBuffers 3-30, 7-157 PhysicalPort 7-59
NumUnsRstrtAtmpts 7-37 PhysicalPortIfIndex 7-59
PlmTrap 3-14
O PlmTrapEnable 7-57, 7-58
ObjectID 7-115 plus7dBm 5-26
operatingMode 5-4 PortCircuit 7-5
OperStatus 7-94 premiumVoice 5-27
OriginateAddress 3-23, 7-90 Priority 7-63
OspfOutFltrAction 7-22 Protocol 7-81
OspfOutFltrAddr 7-22 ProtocolBinding 7-51
OspfOutFltrMask 7-22 ProtocolPCMIndex 3-16, 7-66
OutBc 7-54 ProtocolPointAccess 7-4
OutBe 7-54 ProtocolSupport 3-30
OutCalls 7-97 ProtocolType 3-16
OutCIR 7-54 ProtViolationCount 7-159
OutConnected 7-97 pulseRate 5-27
OutFltrAction 7-21 PurgeCount 7-104
OutFltrAddr 7-20 PVCLMIStatus 7-25, 7-30
OutFltrMask 7-20
OutFltrPortId 7-20 Q
OutFltrProtId 7-20 QoSRxBrstSizGrntd 7-36
OutFltrScrDst 7-21 QoSRxExRateGrntd 7-36
Index-6
QoSRxThrput 7-36 RipInFltrAction 7-23
QoSTxBrstSizGrntd 7-36 RipInFltrAddr 7-23
QoSTxExRateGrntd 7-36 RipInFltrMask 7-22
QoSTxThrput 7-36 RipOutFltrAction 7-23
RipOutFltrAddr 7-23
R RipOutFltrMask 7-23
ramUtilThres 5-13 RootCost 7-9
RateEnforcement 3-2, 3-29, 7-25, 7-28, 7- RootPort 7-10
31 RouteAge 7-77
ReasonForDisconnect 7-45 RouteDestination 7-77
ReassembleFail 7-76 RouteIfIndex 7-77
ReassembleNeed 7-76 RouteMask 7-77
ReassembleOK 7-75 RouteMetric1 7-77
ReassembleTimeout 7-75 RouteProtocol 7-77
ReceivedBECNs 7-41, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62 RouteProtocolType 3-19
ReceivedFECNs 7-41, 7-49, 7-55, 7-62 RouterStatus 3-21, 7-85
ReceivedFrames 7-41, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62 RouteType 7-77
ReceivedOctets 7-42, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62 RoutingDiscards 7-76
RecoveryCount 7-112 RowStatus 7-42
RedAlarm 7-16 RsBc 7-31
Redundant 7-118 RSI 3-29
RefusedCalls 7-92 RsiCalls 7-38
RegionalLinkIndex 3-18, 7-69 RstartT316Timer 7-37
RegisterCount 7-104 RstrtAckT317Timer 7-37
RegisterFails 7-106 RxActivations 7-30
RegisterSuccess 7-106 RxAddrMaskReplys 7-70
RejectedCUGs 7-40 RxAddrMasks 7-71
RejectedInSVCCalls 7-153 RxASNParseErrors 7-113
ReleasedCalls 7-40 RxBadCommunity 7-113
RemoteAlarm 7-16 RxBadCommunityUses 7-113
remoteLbkStatus 5-6 RxBadPackets 7-158
RemoteLoopback 7-14 RxBadValues 7-113
RemoteNetDLCI 7-43 RxBadVersions 7-113
Repeated Ring 5-25 RxBBCFrames 7-153
RequestedCalls 7-40 RxBc 7-25, 7-28, 7-59, 7-61
RequestsCount 7-104 RxBe 3-2, 3-3, 3-12, 7-25, 7-28, 7-31, 7-59,
reRegisterPhoneNum 5-30 7-61
ResReqTimeOut 7-111 RxBECNs 7-46
RestartState 7-38 RxBEOFFrames 7-153
restrictionClass 5-29 RxBlockCount 7-158
RetainTimer 7-88 RxBurstSize 3-5, 7-33, 7-45, 7-48
RetryDelay 3-23, 7-91 RxBytes 7-87, 7-89
ringFrequency 5-27 RxCarrierLoss 7-16
RipGwyFltrAction 7-22 RxCIR 3-12, 7-59, 7-61
RipGwyFltrAddr 7-22 RxDatagrams 7-145
RipGwyFltrMask 7-22 RxDeactivations 7-30
RxDeFrames 7-61
Index-7
RxDelivers 7-85 RxProblems 7-70
RxDestUnreachs 7-70 RxProfile 7-102
RxDiscards 7-12, 7-61, 7-85, 7-108 RxPurgeCount 7-112
RxDNAReqCount 7-112 RxQueueSize 3-31, 7-157
RxDNARequests 7-106 RxReadOnlys 7-113
RxDNAResolveds 7-106 RxRedirects 7-70
RxDNAUnResolveds 7-106 RxRegisters 7-106
RxEchoReplys 7-70 RxRestartReq 7-102
RxEchos 7-71 RxSetRequests 7-113
RxElasStrEmpty 7-17 RxSignalMag 7-14
RxElasStrFull 7-17 RxSrcQuenchs 7-71
RxErrAcks 7-30 RxSyncLoss 7-16
RxErrors 7-30, 7-71, 7-108, 7-145 RxThroughput 3-3, 3-13, 7-25, 7-28, 7-30
RxExcess 3-6, 3-13 RxTimeExceeds 7-71
RxExcessBurstSize 7-33, 7-45 RxTimestampReplys 7-70
RxExcessFrames 7-61 RxTimestamps 7-71
RxFECNs 7-46 RxTooBigs 7-113
RxFiltered 7-83 RxTooManyHops 7-83
RxFragmentCount 7-159 RxTraps 7-114
RxFrames 7-12, 7-46, 7-58, 7-61 RxUnicastPackets 7-108
Rxfrmsiz 7-93, 7-96 RxUnknownProtocols 7-75, 7-108
RxGeneralErrors 7-113 RxUnknowns 7-30, 7-106
RxGetNexts 7-113 RxUnknownSockets 7-85
RxGetRequests 7-113 RxValidGet 7-113
RxGetResponses 7-113 RxValidSets 7-113
RxHeaderErrors 7-85 RxWindowSize 3-26
RxInputDatagrams 7-75 Rxwinsiz 7-92, 7-96
RxInternalMACErrors 7-19
RxLMI 7-30 S
RxLossofSignal 7-14 SapFilter 7-4, 7-5
RxMaxFrameSize 7-28, 7-31, 7-59, 7-61 SapFilterType 7-4, 7-5
RxMessages 7-70 SentFrames 7-41, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62
RxMsgCallProceeding 7-38 SentOctets 7-41, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62
RxMsgConnect 7-38 ServerCount 7-104, 7-112
RxMsgDisConnect 7-38 ServerDNA 7-109
RxMsgRelease 7-38 ServerNotFoundCount 7-104
RxMsgReleaseComp 7-38 ServerRequestCount 7-104, 7-112
RxMsgSetup 7-37 ServerResolvedCount 7-104, 7-112
RxMsgStatus 7-38 ServerType 7-103
RxMsgStatusInquery 7-38 ServiceCount 7-83
RxNACHellos 7-106 ServiceName 7-81
RxNonUnicastPackets 7-108 ServiceProfileID 7-96
RxNoSuchNames 7-113 ServiceProfileId 3-25
RxOctets 7-30, 7-46, 7-58, 7-61, 7-108 ServiceType 7-81
RxOkAcks 7-30 SetupPriority 3-13, 7-49, 7-50, 7-55, 7-57,
RxPackets 7-85, 7-87, 7-89, 7-113 7-63
RxPANLInfoElements 7-102
Index-8
SetUpTime 7-87, 7-88 T310 3-6, 7-32
ShortFramesRx 7-30 T391 3-8, 7-40
SignalingIndex 3-25 TableSize 7-107
SignalingPCMIndex 3-16, 7-66 TEIType 3-25, 7-96
SignalingType 3-16, 7-66 TEIValue 3-25, 7-96
SignalMode 3-24 Throughput 7-42, 7-47, 7-56, 7-62
SingleCollFrames 7-19 Ticks 3-21, 7-82
SpanDebugStatus 5-3, 7-7 TimeLastCommit 7-118
SpanningTree 3-1, 7-7 TimeoutCount 7-104, 7-112
spanningTree 5-3 TimeOuts 7-106
SpoofCacheAge 5-3, 7-8 TimerStatus 3-18
SpoofDataLinkType 3-21, 7-85 TimerT200 3-25, 7-93, 7-97
Spoofing 7-85 TimerT201 3-25, 7-93, 7-97
spoofing 3-21 TimerT202 3-26, 7-93
SpoofThreshold 5-3, 7-8 Timert202 7-97
SpoofThresholdAge 7-8 TimerT203 3-26, 7-93, 7-97
SpvcCalls 7-38 TimerTM20 3-25, 7-93, 7-97
SQETestErrors 7-19 TimeSinceTopChange 7-9
SrcIPAddrLastCommit 7-118 TopologyChanges 7-9
State 7-79, 7-80, 7-81 TotalTunnelingPVC 7-58
StaticEntriesCount 7-104 TransferPriority 7-48, 7-55
staticRoute 4-3 TransitSVC 7-38
StatusCntlReg 7-15 TransmitLoopDown 7-15
SubAddress 3-24, 3-27, 7-90, 7-98 TransmitLoopUp 7-15
SucceedDNARequest 7-153 TrapEnable 7-14
SucceededCalls 7-40, 7-92 TrapStatus 3-15, 3-22, 3-24, 7-65, 7-90, 7-
SucceededOutSVCCalls 7-153 91
SVCDLCI 7-35, 7-43 trapsubscription 2-13
SVCDNA 7-43 TunnelIfIndex 7-59
SVCIfIndex 7-43, 7-47, 7-49 TunnelingPVCDlci 7-36
SVCUserState 7-43 TxAddrMaskReplys 7-71
SwitchDelay 3-17 TxAddrMasks 7-71
SwitchType 3-18, 7-53 TxB7ZeroSuppress 7-15
switchType 3-11 TxBadValues 7-114
SyncChar 3-30 TxBc 7-25, 7-28, 7-31, 7-60, 7-61
SysInstance 7-78, 7-79, 7-80, 7-81 TxBe 3-12, 7-25, 7-28, 7-31, 7-60, 7-61
SystemName 3-21 TxBlockCount 7-158
TxBurstSize 3-6, 7-33, 7-45, 7-48
T TxBytes 7-87, 7-89
t1BuildOut 5-16 TxCIR 3-12, 7-60, 7-61
t1FrameFormat 5-16 TxControlModeIdle 7-13
t1LineCode 5-16 txControlModeIdle 5-4
t1LoopbackStatus 5-16 TxDeferred 7-19
T303 3-6, 7-32 TxDestUnreachs 7-71
T305 3-6, 7-32 TxDiscardCIRPolice 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-63
T308 3-6, 7-32 TxDiscards 7-85, 7-109
TxEchoReplys 7-71
Index-9
TxEchos 7-71 TxQueueLength 7-109
TxElasStrEmpty 7-17 TxQueueSize 3-31, 7-157
TxElasStrFull 7-17 TxRedirects 7-71
TxErrors 7-71, 7-109 TxRegisterRequest 7-106
TxExcessBurstSize 3-6, 3-13, 7-33, 7-45 TxRequests 7-75, 7-85
TxExcessFrames 7-61 TxRestartReq 7-102
TxExpirations 7-30 TxRx0CodeSuppress 7-15
TxFiltered 7-83 TxRxClkSource 7-14
TxFrames 7-12, 7-46, 7-58, 7-61 txRxClkSource 5-5
TxFrameSize 3-26 TxRxCRC4 7-15
Txfrmsiz 7-92, 7-96 TxRxHDB3 7-15
TxGeneralErrors 7-114 TxSetRequests 7-114
TxGetNexts 7-114 TxSrcQuenchs 7-71
TxGetRequests 7-114 TxThroughput 3-3, 3-13, 7-25, 7-28, 7-30
TxGetResponses 7-114 TxTimeExceeds 7-71
TxIdle 5-4, 7-13 TxTimestampReplys 7-71
txIdle 5-4, 5-6 TxTimestamps 7-71
TxIdleCode 7-14 TxTooBigs 7-114
txIdleCode 5-6 TxUnicastPackets 7-108
TxInfoRateAdjust 7-28 TxWindowSize 3-26
TxLinkErrors 7-158 Txwinsiz 7-92
TxLinkOverflows 7-158
TxLinkUnderRuns 7-158 U
TxLMI 7-30 undCount 7-112
txLoopDownStatus 5-6 UnitIndex 3-16
txLoopUpStatus 5-6 Update 7-79, 7-80
TxMaxFrameSize 7-28, 7-30, 7-59, 7-61 upload 6-4
TxMsgs 7-71 UpTime 7-115
TxMsgSetup 7-38
TxMstCallProceeding 7-38
TxMstConnect 7-38 V
TxMstDisConnect 7-38 VCSignalProtocol 7-27
TxMstRelease 7-38 VirtualPortIfIndex 7-43
TxMstReleaseComp 7-38 VirtualPortState 7-43
TxMstStatus 7-38 VncsId 3-29
TxMstStatusInquery 7-38 VoiceCalls 7-38
TxNonUnicastPackets 7-109 voiceFax 5-26
TxNoSuchNames 7-114 VoiceRegisterCount 7-104
TxOctets 7-46, 7-58, 7-61, 7-108 VPIfIndex 7-42
TxOutOfFrame 5-4, 7-13
TxOutOfService 5-4, 7-13 W
TxPackets 7-85, 7-87, 7-89, 7-113 WANOptimization 3-21, 7-85
TxPANLInfoElements 7-102 warm start 6-3
TxPriority 3-13, 7-45, 7-47 WeightedRoundRobin 3-29
txPriority 5-29
TxProblems 7-71 X
TxProfile 7-102 XIDExpirations 7-30
Index-10
Z
ZeroSuppressDisable 7-13
Index-11
Index-12
Passport 4400
CLI Reference
Address comments to:
Manager, Technical Publications
Northern Telcom
4100 Guardian Street
Simi Valley, CA 93063-3382
U.S.A.
1-805-583-8600
© 1999 Northern Telecom

All rights reserved
Information subject to change without notice
Publication: 800-1950-31, Rev. A

Date: February 1999

Nortel Command Line

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nortel Command Line

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Passport 4400

Part Number 800-1950-31 Rev. A

©1999 Nortel (Northern Telecom Company)

Value Prompts Abbreviations — B

What is the Command Line Interface

What Should you Know Before Using the CLI

Logging into and out of the CLI

Note: The default password for a Passport is 4400 is a carriage return.

Navigating the CLI

Using the CLI for Remote Configuration

Components of the CLI

The following is a list of services as they appear in the CLI.

Interpreting CLI Responses

Command Successful Response

Client Timed Out

CLI> show bridge base port config

CLI> show bridge base port config table

CLI>show bridge base port config entry

CLI> show bridge base port config entry 1

CLI> show arp table

CLI> show system admin

NVM Parallel Display

CLI> show msm profile

SNMP Group Format

CLI> show snmp statistics

add arp entry

IfIndex Indicates the port number.

add bridge base port

IfIndex Identifies the port being provisioned.

add bridge etypeFilter

add bridge etypeFilter range

add bridge etypeFilter singular

<IfIndex> : INTEGER (1..16)

IfIndex Identifies the port being provisioned.

add bridge etypeFilter range

add bridge sapFilter

add bridge sapFilter range

add bridge sapFilter singular

IfIndex Identifies the port being provisioned.

add filters ip forward

add filters ip forward port (incoming/outgoing)

add filters ip forward system

<IfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

add filters ip rip (gateway/incoming/outgoing)

add fr line user mpanlLMI service

<ServiceIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

add fr port pvcLANData

add fr port spvcLANData

<VirtualPortIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

add fr port svcLANData

<IfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

add fr port virtualport

add fr switch map

<LocalNetIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

TunnelIfIndex The IfIndex of the tunnel PVC.

add gcm backuplink

add gcm link

SignalingType The type of the signaling channel, if a signaling protocol

add gcm timer

add ip address entry

<IfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

Note: Do not execute a reset after this command.